summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/79261-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorwww-data <www-data@mail.pglaf.org>2026-08-03 16:07:20 -0700
committerwww-data <www-data@mail.pglaf.org>2026-08-03 16:07:20 -0700
commiteb8f8e2782ffbbe97164081936a37f167dd07b14 (patch)
tree94b3ffa8ca600138896edbf45131713d2eb8ccdd /79261-0.txt
Initial commit of ebook 79261 filesHEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '79261-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--79261-0.txt7044
1 files changed, 7044 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/79261-0.txt b/79261-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..650a8d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/79261-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7044 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 79261 ***
+
+
+
+
+ UNDER THE YANKEE ENSIGN
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: Roaring, firing, cheering, the _Conklin_ blazed her
+way by]
+
+
+
+
+ UNDER THE
+ YANKEE ENSIGN
+
+ BY
+ RALPH HENRY BARBOUR
+
+ AUTHOR OF “FOR THE FREEDOM OF THE SEAS,” “THE HALF
+ BACK,” “THE SPIRIT OF THE SCHOOL,” ETC.
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+
+ D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
+ NEW YORK LONDON
+ 1919
+
+
+
+
+ Copyright, 1919, by
+ D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
+
+
+ Printed in the United States of America
+
+
+
+
+ CONTENTS
+
+
+ PART I. ACROSS WITH THE FLAG
+
+ CHAPTER PAGE
+ I. DAVE MAKES AN ENEMY AND FINDS A FRIEND 3
+ II. SUBMARINE CHASER NO. _944_ 13
+ III. LOST OVERBOARD 24
+ IV. THE MUTINY 34
+ V. “SURRENDER!” 44
+ VI. PETE TO THE RESCUE 53
+ VII. PRISONERS ON THE SUBMARINE 63
+ VIII. UNDER THE SEA 76
+ IX. THE ESCAPE 91
+ X. DAVE FALLS ASLEEP 104
+
+ PART II. SWEEPING THE SEAS
+
+ I. ON PATROL 119
+ II. THE NEW “GOB” 130
+ III. “CLEAR FOR ACTION!” 143
+ IV. THE HUN SHOWS HIS TEETH 154
+ V. CONVOY DUTY 165
+ VI. FLOATING PERIL 178
+ VII. ON THE MINE SWEEPER 187
+ VIII. PETE MEETS AN OLD FRIEND 199
+ IX. THE ADMIRAL MAKES GOOD 215
+
+ PART III. STAND BY!
+
+ I. DESTROYER “GOBS” 227
+ II. A CHASE INTO THE FOG 242
+ III. THE FLAG COMES DOWN 253
+ IV. HEROES IN PORT 262
+ V. “SUBMARINE!” 272
+ VI. THE MUTINY 283
+ VII. THE START OF AN ADVENTURE 293
+ VIII. THE AIR RAIDERS 309
+ IX. PRISONERS OF WAR 318
+ X. “STAND BY!” 328
+
+
+
+
+ LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+ FACING
+ PAGE
+
+ Roaring, firing, cheering, the _Conklin_ blazed
+ her way by _Frontispiece_
+
+ Silently they watched the U-boat’s approach 64
+
+ “Got her!” Kennedy shouted triumphantly 156
+
+ The oars dipped and the boat headed for the submarine 280
+
+
+
+
+ PART I
+
+ ACROSS WITH THE FLAG
+
+
+
+
+ UNDER THE YANKEE ENSIGN
+
+
+ CHAPTER I
+
+ DAVE MAKES AN ENEMY AND FINDS A FRIEND
+
+
+“Hello, sonny; who let you on board?”
+
+The tall, stoop-shouldered sailor with the thin face grinned
+malignantly. His right sleeve bore a seaman gunner’s mark and a single
+enlistment stripe adorned the other. He was a dark-visaged man of
+nearly thirty, with deeply-set and crafty eyes under thick, scraggly
+brows. The boy who, at the challenge, had paused at the foot of the
+fo’c’sle companion, decided then and there that he didn’t like the man,
+but he replied quietly and amiably:
+
+“The quartermaster. Do you know which of these bunks are empty?”
+
+“Why, say, you ain’t thinkin’ of bunkin’ for’ard! Cabin boys always
+live aft, sonny.”
+
+“If you mean me, I happen to be a seaman.” David Garson moved across
+the narrow fo’c’sle and laid his canvas bag on a bunk that showed
+no evidence of occupancy. He was seventeen, but scarcely looked it,
+for he was not over tall for that age, and had a very boyish face.
+But his lack of stature appeared to be atoned for by a compact,
+well-proportioned body, and there was capability and self-reliance
+behind the youthfulness of his countenance. He was a nice-looking chap,
+although you wouldn’t have called him handsome, with brown hair and
+eyes, and a well-tanned skin showing above the low neck of his navy
+shirt.
+
+“A what!” exclaimed the other, assuming deep incredulity. “My, ain’t
+it awful what war does? Snatches the babes right out o’ their cradles,
+don’t it? Where’d you leave your nurse, sonny?”
+
+“Where you left your manners,” was the quiet reply.
+
+“Is that so?” sneered the sailor. “Smart, ain’t you? Sort o’ precocious,
+eh? Bet your ma felt terrible about losin’ you. Bet you was the sunshine
+of the old home, wasn’t you?”
+
+“What have you got against me?” asked Dave, puzzled.
+
+“Not a thing! Not a thing! Only you’re too fresh, see? And I’m tipping
+you off that you want to talk civil, or something painful might happen
+to you.”
+
+“I see,” responded the boy, dryly. “Some one might mistake me for you.”
+
+“Aw, cut it!” growled the other. “For two cents I’d hand you a wallop,
+you smart Alick! ‘Seaman,’ says you! I’ve swabbed deck with fellers
+twice your size, and I’ll do it again if you give me any of your lip!”
+
+“Why don’t you let me alone if you don’t like my ways?” asked Dave. “I
+didn’t start anything.”
+
+“You’d better not try to.” The gunner, who had followed across the
+fo’c’sle, stretched forth a big hand and gave the boy’s head an
+ungentle push that, while it did not hurt, sent the blood pouring into
+the tanned cheeks. Dave sprang from the edge of the bunk with blazing
+eyes.
+
+“Keep your dirty hands off me!” he said in a voice that trembled in
+spite of his efforts to keep it steady. “I haven’t bothered you, and
+you’ve no call to bully me. Now let up!”
+
+“Is that so?” asked the other, thrusting a grinning face closer.
+“Suppose I don’t? What would you do, you cute little thing? For two
+cents――”
+
+“Lay off the kid, Chuck!” interrupted a peremptory voice.
+
+Unheard by them, a short, squarely-built, tow-headed youth of about
+nineteen had descended the companion. He had a round, freckled face,
+pale blue eyes, a short, button-like nose, and square jaws that were
+just now rhythmically busy with a piece of gum. He came across the
+fo’c’sle with a sort of cocky swing of his broad shoulders and a wide
+smile. But the smile didn’t deceive either Dave or his tormentor. “Some
+day, Chuck,” went on the newcomer, “you’ll make a mistake an’ light on
+a guy that’s ’most half your size.”
+
+“What’s it to you, Rooney?” demanded the gunner. “You mind your own
+business, or I’ll hand you something, too!”
+
+“You an’ who else?” inquired the other. “Say, Chuck, you ain’t got
+enough up your sleeve to make a motion. The only thing you ever licked
+was a stamp, and that didn’t stick. Go on! Fade away! Beat it!”
+
+“Maybe you can make me!” growled the gunner. But he was already making
+a slow retreat. “This baby-face got fresh with me, and I was telling
+him something for his own good. If he don’t look out he’s going to run
+into something hard, see? And that goes double for you, Rooney!”
+
+“Yeah, I know,” replied Rooney, sarcastically. “I been hearin’ that
+dope for a week. You’re just bluff, Chuck. You ain’t got nothin’ but
+talk.”
+
+“I got enough to put you to sleep, you Bowery tough!”
+
+“Tough’s the word, matey! Tough enough for you any old day.”
+
+“Is that so?” The gunner edged with exaggerated nonchalance to the foot
+of the companion. “I’ll get you, just the same, believe me!”
+
+“Sure you will――if my back’s turned,” was the untroubled reply. “But it
+ain’t goin’ to be turned, Chuck.”
+
+“You think you’re smart, don’t you? I’ll fix you some time.” He climbed
+the companion, still muttering, and disappeared through the fo’c’sle
+hatch. The tow-haired one turned to Dave, chuckling.
+
+“Ain’t he amusin’?” he asked. “What was he ridin’ you for?”
+
+“I don’t know. He started it. Much obliged for――for――”
+
+“Buttin’ in?” laughed Rooney. “That’s all right, kid. Me an’ Chuck’s
+been yappin’ at each other ever since this boat left Norfolk. But
+nothin’ ain’t happened yet. Some time I’ll paste him one just to end
+the――the expense.”
+
+“Suspense?” laughed Dave.
+
+“That’s it.” The tow-headed youth grinned. Then: “Say, what’s your
+name?” he asked.
+
+“Garson,” answered Dave.
+
+“Mine’s Rooney; first name, Pete. I’m French.” He winked broadly.
+“What’s your other monicker?”
+
+“Other――oh, David; Dave for short.”
+
+“Sure! Like the feller in the Bible. An’ Chuck Morgan was playin’
+Goliar, or whatever his name was. You come from down south, don’t you?”
+
+“Maryland.”
+
+“Yeah, I know. That’s the place they sing a song about. I knew you was
+from somewhere down yonder, because you talk different. How long you
+been in?”
+
+“A little over three months. I left the Newport station a week ago
+Tuesday. I got up here this morning. Do you know if I can take this
+bunk?”
+
+“Sure. Take any you like. If any guy kicks, send him to me. What watch
+you in?”
+
+“Port,” replied the other. “Are you?”
+
+“Yeah. Stow your duffel and let’s get out o’ here.”
+
+“I suppose you’ve been in the navy a good while,” said Dave.
+
+“Me? I joined a year an’ a half ago. ’Bout the time the Huns sunk the
+_Sussex_. That got my goat, an’ I figured we’d be goin’ into it pretty
+quick after that.”
+
+“Have you been across yet?”
+
+“No; this is my first sea duty, same as you. An’ say, kid, it’s goin’
+to be some voyage, take it from Pete!”
+
+“Is it? Why?”
+
+“Why? ’Cause we’re goin’ over, that’s why!”
+
+“Over! You mean this boat’s going to France?”
+
+“Yeah, France or Paris or some place like that. They ain’t tellin’ it,
+but we know. We seen ’em load supplies, kid.”
+
+“Why, that’s fine, isn’t it?” exclaimed Dave, eagerly. “But――but isn’t
+she awfully small to make the trip alone?”
+
+“She won’t be alone. But she is small, all right, an’ that’s why I’m
+tellin’ you it’ll be some trip. Take it from Pete, kid, food ain’t
+goin’ to be of no interest to a lot of us guys for a long time!”
+
+“You mean we’ll be seasick?” said the other thoughtfully. “I suppose I
+shall. I’ve never been to sea much. I’ve sailed a boat all my life――”
+
+“All that time!” marveled Pete, his blue eyes atwinkle.
+
+Dave laughed. “Well, for five or six years, then, I reckon. But I’ve
+never been very far from land.”
+
+“Nor me. An’ I’m tellin’ you straight that I ain’t cheerin’ much for
+it, either. Sometimes I wish I was back on my old job. It had its ups
+and downs, but it was pretty steady at that.”
+
+“What did you do?” Dave inquired.
+
+“Run an elevator,” chuckled Pete. “Down to the Endicott Building, on
+Broad street, in little old New York. That’s my home, New York. I was
+born there, an’ wasn’t never out of it till I signed up with Uncle Sam.
+Chuck Morgan called me a Bowery tough, an’ that’s what I am, I guess.
+Anyway, I was till one day a guy in a silk hat tried to get himself run
+over by a truck, an’ I snatched him out of it. He slipped me a ten, an’
+asked did I want a job. I didn’t――much――but I didn’t want to hurt his
+feelin’s, an’ so I told him yes. An’ first thing I knew I was workin’
+steady liftin’ an elevator up with a rope. But it wasn’t much of a life
+for a husky guy like me. So when the war came along I ducked.”
+
+“And do you like being in the navy?” asked Dave.
+
+“Sure! It’s a great life. There ain’t nothin’ to do but work. Trouble
+is, though, there ain’t been no scrappin’. I been scrappin’ all my
+life, and I sort o’ miss it. But I guess it’s comin’, all right, now.
+Those Germans ain’t been doin’ a thing but askin’ for a wallop!”
+
+“And they’re going to get it,” said Dave, grimly.
+
+“There’s the truth, take it from Pete! Now, what’s your story?”
+
+“I reckon I haven’t any,” replied Dave, smiling. “I’m here because I’ve
+always wanted to be in the navy, and because――well, a fellow feels as
+if he had to do something after the way the Germans have been going on.
+Of course, I couldn’t get in until I was seventeen, and I had hard work
+getting my mother to consent. There isn’t any one but me at home now,
+you see. Dad’s been dead some time, and my sister’s married and living
+in California. But after mother saw how much I wanted to get into this
+she came around. The day I was seventeen I went up to Baltimore and
+enlisted. They sent me to Newport, and I was there three months. Then I
+went home on liberty for a week, and now here I am.”
+
+“Guess it’ll be sort o’ lonely for your ma, won’t it?” reflected Pete.
+“Say, if I had a ma I wouldn’t be leavin’ her to go to no war, take it
+from Pete.”
+
+“Oh, yes, I reckon you would. You’d go into this one, just as I did.
+It will be lonely for mother, I know――but I just had to do it! She was
+perfectly fine about it when she realized how I felt. Mothers are kind
+of wonderful folks, aren’t they?”
+
+“I guess so.” Pete scowled. “I never had any. Not that I knows of. Oh,
+well, that’s all right, too. There ain’t no one to worry about me if I
+get my fool head blown off. Guess you an’ me’d better go topside. This
+tub’s due to pull out pretty soon, I’m thinkin’.”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER II
+
+ SUBMARINE CHASER _944_
+
+
+A few months before, the craft on which Dave now found himself had
+been the pride of a wealthy New York man, and had seldom performed a
+more hazardous exploit than to bear its owner up and down the Hudson
+River between a palatial home and the city. To-day, shorn of gilt and
+draperies, made over, above deck and below, to fit her for her new
+requirements, it is doubtful if her former owner would have recognized
+her had he seen her lying beside a stone dock in the Brooklyn Navy
+Yard. The immaculate white of her hull had disappeared under coats of
+lead-gray, and the same dull hue covered all superstructure, masts,
+small boats, and standing gear. Even the canvas jackets that covered
+the bow and stern guns and the lookout cage on the foremast were
+gray. A deck-house had been erected abaft the mainmast, while atop
+the wheel-house a bridge now stretched from side to side, a thing of
+pipe-iron and canvas. If one looked carefully over the bow one could
+just make out under the new paint the yacht’s former name, _Meteor_;
+but further back, in big black letters and numerals, was the legend: S
+C _944_.
+
+The _944_ was a hundred and twenty-two feet over all, and had a beam
+and a draught that, while conducive to speed, had not been figured
+with deep sea voyaging in mind. Her twin oil-burning engines could
+send her along at a twenty-mile clip. She carried a complement of
+two commissioned officers and twenty-six enlisted men, most of whom,
+from captain down to mess attendant, were well under thirty. In fact,
+Lieutenant Cowan was but twenty-five, and the _944_ was his first
+command; and his junior and executive officer, Ensign Hyatt, was still
+younger by two years. Even the engineering head, a non-commissioned
+officer holding the rating of chief machinist’s mate, was well on the
+under side of thirty. So, it will be seen, on the _944_ enthusiasm took
+the place of hard experience.
+
+But of enthusiasm there was plenty, as Dave discovered that first
+evening aboard. By that time they were somewhere in the broad waters
+of the Sound, while behind them trailed three other chasers. The
+sweltering heat of the August day had given way to the fresh coolness
+of night, and a little southeast breeze, straight from the twinkling
+lights of the distant shore, played a soft tune in the aerial that
+stretched between the short masts. Dave had eaten his first “chow”
+on board――had, in a fashion, learned the ropes――and was now on
+speaking terms with most of the crew. They were, he thought, a nice
+lot, and he was already looking on the _944_ as the Pride of the
+Navy, and congratulating himself on not having been relegated to
+the _Pennsylvania_ or _Arizona_! And perhaps he had some excuse for
+self-gratulation, for on a boat of the chaser size officers and men
+are thrown nearer together than on the big ships, and while there is
+never any letting down of the bars separating ward room from fo’c’sle,
+the conditions of living make for a closer intimacy and a greater
+esprit de corps. Dave’s watch was below that evening, and he swung his
+legs from his bunk in the little fo’c’sle and listened to the chatter
+of the others, the swish of water along the side, and the steady hum
+of the engines. The port watch were bewailing the fate that had kept
+them on the wrong side of the “pond” until now. “Dutchy,” who was
+a big two-fisted Dane, with a long body and short stumps of legs,
+lugubriously predicted in his slow and careful manner, that the war
+would be all over before they got across. Followed much speculating as
+to their destination. Mallory, second class radio man, held for Dover.
+Kennedy, gun pointer, said Bordeaux, having already made one trip to
+that port on an armed cargo boat. Pete Rooney favored Queenstown,
+principally, perhaps, because he had a hankering to set foot on the
+sod of his forebears. Todd, master-at-arms, third class, and British
+in everything save birth, would have it Plymouth. And some one else
+suggested Nantes. Dave was about the only one there who had no theory
+on the subject. He didn’t much care where they dropped anchor so long
+as it was “over there.” Every one seemed agreed on one thing, at all
+events, which was that it needed only their presence in French or
+British waters to bring the submarine menace to a speedy end, and Dave
+found himself confronted by a mental vision of Admiral Sims standing
+on the tip end of Ireland, shading his eyes and searching the horizon
+impatiently for sight of the _944_!
+
+Later, Dave and Pete climbed up and made their way along the dark deck
+to the lee of the after-house. There, with the hulk of the three-inch
+gun black before them, and the light of the next chaser in line swaying
+astern, they became better acquainted. Fisher’s Island dropped away to
+port, and the _944_ began to dip and roll, and presently they went back
+to the fo’c’sle and turned in.
+
+Dave stood morning watch, and was on deck when the first light of day
+came up over the eastern edge of the world. The _944_ was some fifty
+miles east of Cape Cod, and as the dawn brightened he saw that the
+four chasers had become four times four, and that a big gray cruiser,
+four-stacked, and bristling with eight-inch and six-inch guns, was
+hovering to southward. Most of the chasers were of one class, boats
+built for their work, capable and speedy looking 110-footers, but here
+and there a converted yacht, generally similar to the _944_, lent
+variety. Signals fluttered from the flagship, and were answered, and
+by the time the first rays of the sun were leveled along the ocean the
+flotilla of tiny adventurers had formed in a hollow square formation,
+and, with the big cruiser leading, were tossing the foam from their
+bows. All that day they steamed eastward over a summer sea, for all the
+world like a lot of little gray ducklings following a mother duck, and
+at night, with only stern lights showing dimly, they kept their places
+and dropped the miles steadily behind them.
+
+On every craft lookouts watched from deck and cage, for while never
+yet had a hostile periscope poked itself above those waters, there was
+no knowing when such a thing might happen. Dave had his first trick in
+the foretop cage the second day out. He toed the ratlines and squirmed
+into the little gray canvas cask that was barely big enough to hold
+him. Sitting erect, his head just topped the rim. Twelve feet below
+was the flying bridge in front and the big, squatty funnel behind. The
+breeze sang in his ears and made elfin music in the aerial wires. It
+was rather jolly up there at first, but after awhile the sunlight hurt
+his eyes and he began to weary of the ceaseless swing of his perch as
+the short mast canted from side to side. The motion wasn’t as soothing
+as that of a hammock. Watching the other chasers and the big cruiser
+grew monotonous, and searching the empty ocean for enemy periscopes was
+horribly idle. It was an event when he could report: “Smoke two points
+off the port bow, sir,” or “Sail dead ahead.” He didn’t exactly wish
+for a submarine, perhaps, but he came near it toward the last of his
+trick. He had two hours of it up there, and then slid down to make way
+for his relief.
+
+Life those first two days was pleasant enough. He found his place and
+learned his duties, and became known to the rest of “the bunch” as
+“The Kid,” which title, since he was the youngest member of the crew,
+he was fairly entitled to. Pete Rooney figuratively adopted him, and
+as Pete was a popular and respected person, that fact was held to be
+in his favor. Chuck Morgan grouched, and gloomed at him, but Chuck was
+in the starboard watch, and they met not so frequently as they would
+have otherwise. The food was excellent, and the cook a wonder, and as
+long as the chaser behaved herself meals were jolly occasions. They
+had three days of perfect weather, with a light easterly breeze and a
+smooth sea, and then things happened.
+
+Some time in the early morning of the fourth day Dave awoke from his
+dreams to find himself rolling from one side to the other of his bunk,
+and in danger of leaving it completely. The little boat was full of
+whines and creakings, while outside a northeast gale was howling
+loudly. The _944_ soon showed her shortcomings as a rough weather
+craft, for her narrow beam and light draught, while excellent for the
+purpose of pursuing submarines and eluding torpedoes, made her easy
+prey for a gale. Mess tables were of no use that morning, and even the
+Old Man and the luff ate breakfast with one hand and clung to something
+stable with the other. By that time the _944_ was thrusting her sharp,
+arching bow right into the waves, and the big seas were roaring back
+across her deck. They donned their life-vests and stretched the
+lifelines, but even then getting from one end of the boat to the
+other was a slow and risky business. One by one the companion craft
+disappeared from vision in the murk. The gale increased in fury that
+night, and after a wave had smashed in the wheel house as though it had
+been cardboard, the _944_ was swung about, tail to the storm, and went
+plunging and rolling south-westward.
+
+The next day found them fighting hard. Portholes had been smashed
+and the lower deck was flooded half the time. Somewhere the seams
+had opened, and the hold fairly gurgled. The wireless went when the
+dynamo was flooded, and with that they lost their last touch with the
+flagship. On deck everything movable that had not been lashed tight had
+gone by the board, and much that still stood was broken or twisted.
+They managed to keep the water from the engine room only by pumping
+ceaselessly, and Dave took his turn with the others at standing almost
+waistdeep in water and clearing waste and débris from the top of the
+pump to keep it from clogging. Following seas climbed over the stern
+and threatened to make an end of the little craft. The water poured
+down the wardroom stairs in cataracts, and clothes, shoes, books, and
+papers floated about there in wild confusion. The _944_ carried two
+small boats, which were lashed in chocks amidships. These stood the
+pounding until, in the middle of the morning watch of the sixth day
+out, one of them broke loose and went banging to the rail.
+
+Dave was one of those hurried to the rescue. Wrestling with a
+twelve-foot boat on a wet, slippery deck that stood at all angles, and
+under the hammering of a sixty-mile gale and giant seas, is man’s work,
+and so the half-dozen sailors found it. But they kept at it, holding
+tight when a wave thundered down on them, and then working like Trojans
+before the next, and they at last got the boat back in place, and were
+securing it with new lashings, when a warning cry sent them groping for
+holds. The sea that came aboard over the starboard stern looked to
+Dave, in the faint light of a single lantern, as high as a house. He
+didn’t expect to survive it himself, and didn’t expect the _944_ to. He
+took a strangle hold on the lifeline, crouched, and set his teeth.
+
+Then he was down, with tons of water atop him, and his hold on the rope
+was torn away, and, choking and smothering, he was rolling helplessly
+across the canting deck. He tried to call out, but got only a mouthful
+of water for his pains, felt horribly frightened, and made frantic
+grasps with his hands.
+
+After what seemed a very long time he found himself face down on the
+deck, with one hand clasped painfully about a boat davit and the lower
+half of his body suspended sickeningly over a void. He had no breath
+with which to call for aid, and scant chance in any case, for, with a
+crash that staggered the chaser, another seething cliff of water struck
+the counter and hurled itself forward. Dave heard a strangled cry in
+the darkness above the confusion of sound, and then, with a silent
+prayer for mercy, he flattened himself to the planks, felt the boat
+reel wildly, and knew that, despite his clasp on the davit, he must go
+over the side when that weight of water struck him.
+
+There was a brief moment of suspense, during which Dave’s thoughts
+raced at lightning speed, and then, with the noise of Niagara, the
+solid wall of water struck the stern house and came leaping over and
+past with wild, resistless fury. Dave’s last gasp of breath was driven
+from his lungs under the impact, his straining fingers were torn loose,
+and, in a roaring flood, he went, turning over and over, into the
+maelstrom of the seas.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER III
+
+ LOST OVERBOARD
+
+
+Down he went, the dull roar of water in his ears. Then, even more
+quickly, he was shot to the surface. Instinctively he thrashed arms and
+legs. His lungs seemed bursting by the time his head was momentarily
+above the waves, and he could not have cried out had his life depended
+on it. All he could do was take a great breath of air as he went
+swirling upward on the crest of a sea. For an instant he opened closed
+eyes. Below him was a dim gleam of light, and even as he sank suddenly
+downward again into a trough he startledly realized that the _944_ was
+almost within arm’s length. Then he was again buried under an avalanche
+of water and must needs fight for breath and struggle mightily, and
+when next he could blink the drops from his eyes the faint glow was
+above him but no farther away. By some strange whim of wind or current,
+he thought, he was being borne along with the boat! At another moment
+the absurdity of the idea would have followed the thought, but not now.
+Now he accepted the miracle and made the most of it. Drawing a deep
+breath into the tired lungs, he shouted with all his remaining strength.
+
+But that cry was whisked away on the gale and never reached the deck. A
+deluge of water, breaking over the boat, descended on him and sent him
+rolling over and over, gasping and choking. Then a mighty wave caught
+him up and again tossed him high in air, and it was then, thrashing
+and fighting to get his head above the surface, that one hand collided
+with a rope and the miracle was explained. He knew then why he had
+been so abruptly pulled from the depths and why he was still alongside
+the chaser. In some strange manner a line, probably one that they had
+been lashing the small boat with, had fouled itself around him and
+caught under his life-vest. At all events there it was, slackening and
+tightening, pulling him willy-nilly through the sea. He gripped both
+hands about it and held on tightly, while a warm flood of hope and
+thankfulness surged through him. Then he began to pull himself, hand
+over hand, half drowning under the battering waves. Fear that the line
+might come away at the other end before he could reach safety stopped
+the beating of his heart once, but he kept on. At moments he was thrown
+high above the deck, at other times he wallowed far below it, and as
+the line jerked in his grasp he set his teeth and held his breath and
+went floundering with it, his hands and arms aching with the strain.
+Then, in the black darkness, he knew that the hull was beside him. A
+sudden roll of the boat left him dangling for an instant half out of
+water. He didn’t shout, for he needed every ounce of his strength for
+the task that remained. Twice his body was hurled with terrific force
+against the side and what little breath remained with him was hammered
+out. But he held doggedly to the rope and waited and after what seemed
+long, long minutes wave and boat combined to solve his problem. At the
+moment that the _944_ rolled her port rail down a wave lifted him up.
+He pulled frantically on the line and then, releasing one hand, groped
+for another hold.
+
+There was a horrible instant of despair during which his eager fingers
+encountered only empty air, but then, as the deck swung away and he
+felt himself dropping back into the sea, his fingers closed about a
+rail stanchion. He found a hold for his left hand, too, as the _944_
+careened to starboard, and he felt his dripping body torn from the
+water and left dangling against the hull. For a second of time he hung
+there limp and still while the roll of the boat carried him up and up.
+Then, summoning what little strength was left in his tired body, he
+squirmed and pulled, reaching for new holds, finally working one knee
+over the edge and then holding himself there while the boat rolled
+back again and a torrent of water, bursting over the stern, tore at
+his straining hands. He wanted to gasp for help then, but there was
+no breath left, and his appeal was no more than a whisper. His wet
+clothing seemed to weigh tons, and he despaired of ever pulling himself
+to safety. And perhaps he never would have. But while he clung there
+like a limpet, hands fastened under his shoulders and he felt himself
+being lifted. Then the deck flung itself up at him and he knew no more.
+
+When he opened his eyes again he was undressed and between the gray
+blankets of his bunk in the dimly lighted fo’c’sle. Figures moved about
+him hazily. Some one tried to make him drink something hot, and after
+muttered objections he swallowed a few mouthfuls and was horribly sick
+at his stomach. He must have slept after that, for when he awoke again
+daylight was flooding the quarters. He felt absurdly weak, too tired to
+lift the hand that, unconsciously, had braced against the edge of the
+bunk while he slept, too weary to keep his eyes open. He dozed again
+and awoke a third time to find Pete gently shaking him.
+
+“Here’s your grub, Kid,” said Pete. “Your orders is to drink this
+coffee and eat the chuck. Cook’s made you a fine mess o’ gruel. Want to
+sit up?”
+
+Dave blinked and cast a puzzled look about the fo’c’sle. Yes, it really
+was the fo’c’sle, which was a mighty relief to him, since during his
+recent doze he had dreamed that he was fighting for life in the sea.
+Clothing swayed with every roll and toss and boots slid around the
+floor. Clinging to the frame of the bunk, Pete was balancing himself
+with difficulty and the coffee by some seemingly superhuman effort. He
+was alternately frowning anxiously at the aluminum cup and grinning at
+Dave. Dave shook his head, however.
+
+“I’m not hungry, thanks, Pete,” he said. “What――who――”
+
+“What――who yourself! Come on now an’ be a sport, Kid. Orders is
+orders, you know. An’ say, if you don’t eat this chow cook’ll be in
+here with his cleaver. He’s in a nasty temper, anyway, what with makin’
+coffee standin’ on his head. Take it from Pete, Kid, you’d better do as
+he tells you.”
+
+Dave smiled and squirmed higher in the bunk, and, with Pete, braced
+against the side, aiding, managed to get nearly as much coffee down his
+throat inside as out. And he succeeded ultimately in swallowing some of
+the gruel and trying to look grateful, although he secretly thought it
+particularly vile. Pete refused him talk until he had made his meal.
+Then setting mug and pannikin on the deck, where they at once began
+to chase each other to and fro, he staggered to the end of the bunk,
+bumped his head resoundingly and sat down very suddenly.
+
+“Well, now, how does it feel to be drowned an’ come to life again,
+Kid?” he inquired. “Say, you’re a lucky guy all right, do you know it?
+Jonah ain’t got nothin’ on you. You wasn’t never born to be drowned, I
+guess. If poor old Billy――”
+
+Pete stopped abruptly.
+
+“Who’s poor old Billy?” asked Dave weakly.
+
+“Nobody,” growled Pete. “Tell me, Kid, did you tie that line around
+you before you went over, or what?”
+
+“No, I didn’t know it was there at first. I guess I was in the water
+five minutes before I happened to find it.”
+
+“Five minutes!” said Pete, looking queer.
+
+“Well, something like that. Why?”
+
+“How long do you think you was gone from our midst altogether?”
+
+“I don’t know, Pete. It seemed a long time, but I suppose it wasn’t
+more than ten minutes, maybe.”
+
+“Huh! You was gone just about three minutes from the time the wave
+struck us till I hauled you in again!”
+
+“Three minutes,” faltered Dave. “You’re fooling! Why――why, it seemed
+like twenty!”
+
+“Sure, I guess it did, at that. After that sea flattened us out Myers
+shouts ‘Who’s gone?’ Well, we didn’t know because we was all pretty
+busy pickin’ ourselves out o’ the water. I was jammed so hard under the
+boat we was lashin’ I couldn’t scarcely get out again. Then Myers tells
+us to call our names, an’ we done so, an’ we seen that――that you wasn’t
+there. Leastways we knew it. So some one heaves over a life-buoy and
+Myers tries to make the bridge to report, ’cause shoutin’ wasn’t no
+good. An’ about that time another wave strikes us an’ we had to hold on
+for our lives. That wave was about as fierce as the first one, too, and
+Billy――” Again Pete caught himself up. “Anyway, it was after that that
+I got to the side, with Mallory holdin’ on to me an’ the life-line, an’
+sort o’ seen you hangin’ to the rail. It wa’n’t more than three minutes
+all told, Kid. We thought first you hadn’t never been clear over but
+had caught yourself at the rail. Then, when we got you back on deck
+there was the line snarled up with your life-vest and twisted around
+under your arms. Kid, you ain’t got no kick comin’ against your luck,
+take it from Pete!”
+
+“No,” agreed Dave, gravely. Then, “Wasn’t Billy Groom with us last
+night there?” he asked.
+
+Pete nodded.
+
+“What――where is he now?”
+
+“Billy? Oh, Billy’s――Billy’s around, I guess.” Pete spoke carelessly
+enough, but his eyes shifted from Dave’s. “Well, we’re glad to get you
+back, Kid, an’――”
+
+“Was Billy drowned, Pete?” asked Dave in a small voice.
+
+Pete frowned deeply, glanced at the other, looked away again, thrust
+out his lower lip and at last nodded silently.
+
+“Gee!” murmured Dave.
+
+“He went over in the next wave,” said Pete, scowling. “He never had no
+show in that sea. We slung him a ‘doughnut,’ but I guess it never came
+near him. I thought I wouldn’t tell you, ’cause it might make you sick
+again.” Pete eyed the other anxiously.
+
+“It does――sort of,” muttered Dave. “I had all the luck, didn’t I? Groom
+was a better sailor than I’ll ever be, Pete. He had his rating badge. I
+guess it would have been fairer if――if he’d had the rope.”
+
+“Aw, chase yourself!” growled Pete. “Billy was all right, sure. He
+was a corkin’ lad. We’re all sorry about him. But say, things don’t
+just happen in this world, if you get me, Kid. I mean”――Pete frowned
+deeply――“I mean things is all doped out for us beforehand. You was
+meant to have that line an’ poor old Billy Groom wasn’t. I don’t know
+why, but there it is. Maybe you was wanted to do somethin’ Billy
+couldn’t. I don’t know. Well, I got to beat it. The luff’ll be around
+pretty soon to see how you are. If you don’t want to tumble out yet,
+don’t you do it. Take it easy, Kid.”
+
+And so Dave took it easy, lying in the bunk and listening to the creaks
+and groans of the little craft and the rush and thud of the green seas
+outside, and wondered soberly at the ways of Fate.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IV
+
+ THE MUTINY
+
+
+The _944_ never picked up her consorts on that trip, for with her
+wireless apparatus out of commission for three days she had no means of
+locating them even if they had been within range of her radio, which
+was doubtful. The day after Dave’s exploit and the drowning of Gunner’s
+Mate Groom the gale died out to some extent, and the wind shifted to
+the northwest, and the chaser’s course was changed accordingly. The
+morning of the seventh day out of New York brought fair weather, but
+the seas were still mountainous and the boat’s troubles were not yet
+ended, for only by keeping the bilge pump ceaselessly at work could the
+water be kept out of the engine room. Temporary repairs were made where
+possible, and the boat’s nose headed toward the nearest port. Fuel was
+getting low and the opened seams demanded attention. For two more days
+the _944_ churned her way up and down the long, green seas, bedraggled
+but still game. Then, late one warm, still afternoon, Dave, in the
+foretop lookout, picked up land, and before dark the tired little
+chaser’s anchor was dropped at Palma, one of the Canary Islands. That
+port, however, was only a temporary refuge, for, since it was a Spanish
+possession and therefore neutral, their visit was necessarily limited
+to twenty-four hours.
+
+The next day, after getting oil, they set off again for Lisbon.
+Those were unfriendly waters and a sharp lookout was kept. But while
+they began to meet other craft as they neared the entrance to the
+Mediterranean nothing hostile came their way. Once a big Norwegian
+freighter exchanged signals with them and once a Portuguese destroyer,
+a queer, blue-gray, two-funnel ship, bore down on them and asked many
+questions. South of Cape St. Vincent the _944_ passed close to a
+string of British transports and hospital ships being convoyed by five
+big black cruisers and a diminutive torpedo boat. The _944_ received
+her first kind word then when the flagship, after a few fluttered
+questions, signaled: “Welcome to these waters!”
+
+The chaser had the coast of Portugal in sight for most of that day and
+finally, picking her way very slowly and respectfully through the mine
+fields at the mouth of the Tagus River, crept into Lisbon harbor and
+anchored, just at sunset, between a French destroyer and a big gray
+Portuguese battleship.
+
+The _944_ spent eight days at Lisbon, eight blissful, restful days,
+during which she was patched and calked and cleaned and painted, and
+during which twenty-seven sea-surfeited officers and men made the most
+of the opportunity to stretch legs ashore. Liberty was freely granted,
+and Dave and Pete, now fairly inseparable, saw the city from end to
+end. They rode in a broken-down taxicab for nearly two hours at the
+expense of a mere 2,000 reis (which, fortunately for their pockets,
+was only two dollars of American money), patronized street cars, which
+were so numerous that Pete remarked in a homesick voice that they had
+New York in the rush hours lashed to the mast, and they lunched and
+dined at numerous cafés in company with soldiers and sailors of several
+nations and a scattering of darker-skinned civilians. Lisbon was very
+colorful, very gay and very hot, and, save for the presence of the
+sailors and soldiers, the latter uniformed similarly to the French,
+no one would have surmised that a world war was going on only a few
+hundred miles away. But even if Lisbon didn’t seem greatly interested
+in that struggle, she proved that war was not outside her philosophy
+by staging a small affair of her own. Dave never did hear any very
+satisfactory explanation of it, but he had a close view from start to
+finish.
+
+It was the fifth day of the _944’s_ enforced sojourn there. She had
+gone onto the ways and had slipped off again and now, once more
+respectably gray and spotless, was lying near shore on the Lisbon
+side. There had been visits that morning. Officers from a Portuguese
+ship had come aboard, been entertained and gone off again. Dave and
+Pete with several others were trying to keep cool in the shade of the
+after-house, while from forward, where a handful of men were lying
+about in the bunks in preference to going ashore, the strains of
+“Somewhere in France” came faintly from the phonograph by way of the
+open ports. Dutchy sang the words under his voice. It was a quiet,
+peaceful scene, bathed in the hot sunlight of an August afternoon.
+A dozen or more warships of various sizes and nationalities were
+scattered about at anchor and many dozens of merchantmen and smaller
+fry swung with the tide or clustered at the docks. And into this
+peaceful scene there suddenly obtruded the distant boom of a gun.
+
+Later, all agreed that an atmosphere of unrest and expectancy had
+hung over the harbor that day, but it had been too elusive to deserve
+mention. Now, it seemed, whatever had been coming had arrived. Half a
+dozen startled and interested American jackies sprang to their feet
+and gazed toward the town. Then they gazed across the harbor for, just
+short of a big battleship lying near the farther shore, a spout of
+water arose from the harbor like a geyser. Within the next two minutes
+many things happened. The battleship began to fire broadside turrets,
+more geysers appeared and the air overhead was filled with the shriek
+of flying shells. Dutchy got half way down the forward companion before
+he found his nerve and came sheepishly back. To left and right of the
+battleship, destroyers joined in the fray, trying, with no discernible
+success, to land shells atop a battery that crowned a hill above the
+harbor. The distance was too much for the destroyers’ guns, or perhaps
+it was a matter of elevation that worked against them. Or it may be
+that, after all, they didn’t try very hard. At all events it was only
+the battleship that was able to reply satisfactorily.
+
+A dozen or more greatly mystified American jackies and one equally
+mystified lieutenant thronged to the stern of the _944_ and gazed
+spellbound. What it meant no one could even conjecture, although Pete
+did finally offer a theory. “They’re crazed by the heat!” he murmured
+awedly. The shells from the hill were finding their targets now, and,
+although the battleship was doing some lively work, she was getting the
+worst of the exchange. Some five ships took part in the battle, four of
+them destroyers, and three were receiving hard treatment five minutes
+after the trouble started. As the _944_ was not in range no effort was
+made to move her. The shells screamed over her, but none came near.
+The crew of one of the destroyers took to the boats, and then on the
+battleship the flag began to come down. But the shrapnel still burst
+about the big ship. By that time machine gun fire had opened from the
+arsenal on the harbor-side, and one of the small boats bearing sailors
+from the abandoned destroyer was raked, several casualties resulting.
+Along the docks interested spectators looked on unexcitedly. Three
+destroyers were still firing at the shore battery but with scant
+success. That none of the ships returned the fire from the arsenal
+puzzled those on the _944_, for the arsenal guns were now dealing
+havoc. Lieutenant Hyatt, who had been watching affairs from the stern
+of the chaser, suddenly turned and gave orders. The crew scattered and
+the lieutenant strode forward and climbed to the bridge. A minute later
+the chaser had her anchor up and was swinging slowly around.
+
+Down the harbor she went unhurriedly and with much dignity until she
+lay broadside to the arsenal. As she approached the range of the guns
+the firing dwindled and stopped, for the American ensign fluttered
+above her, and however eager the troops behind the stone walls may
+have been to shoot down the sailors aboard their own ships they had no
+intention of starting international complications. The _944_ dropped
+anchor once more and began to swing slowly around with the current. On
+deck, as the chasers had approached the firing zone, there had been
+some uneasiness and a very evident desire to retire to the protection
+of deck houses, but on the bridge, in full view, Lieutenant Hyatt, a
+cigar in his mouth, had strolled nonchalantly to and fro as though
+he had never a care in the world and bullets had never been known to
+penetrate a white duck uniform.
+
+The maneuver had puzzled the men at first, but when Lingard, boatswain’s
+mate, pointed across the harbor they saw the reason for it. One of the
+destroyers had pulled up her anchor and was slipping down toward the
+arsenal. At least two guns were manned, and the ship’s intention was as
+plain as a pikestaff. She had meant to run past and let go at the
+arsenal with her port guns, a feat that would have caused considerable
+havoc. Now, however, evidences of a change of heart were to be seen. The
+_944_ had dropped anchor so close under the walls of the arsenal that
+the destroyer would scarcely dare to attempt to squeeze past on the
+shore side, while, if she attempted to fire from the other, she would
+very probably land a four-inch shell somewhere in the American boat.
+Lieutenant Hyatt seemed never to so much as glance at the destroyer, but
+it is to be suspected that he had a very fair idea of her actions, and
+possibly he was quite as much relieved as any one aboard when the long,
+gray craft changed her course and swung back toward the farther shore.
+
+Shrapnel from the hill top followed her, but the aim was poor and there
+were no hits and the destroyer returned to her former anchorage and
+down came her flag on the run. The battleship and one destroyer had
+already capitulated and now the remaining two followed the example.
+In five minutes more the battle was over, in ten the sightseers along
+shore had returned to their interrupted affairs, and in twenty Lisbon
+harbor had settled down again into its wonted peacefulness.
+
+When the liberty boat came back later the mystery was explained.
+The Portuguese navy, or so much of it as was in port, had decided
+to mutiny, the sailors concluding that they didn’t care to take any
+further part in the war. Seizing a time when many of the officers
+were ashore the crews had imprisoned the rest and declared their
+independence. It had taken the fort, however, less than twenty minutes
+to show them the error of their ways. What happened afterward to the
+mutineers those on the _944_ never learned. Several were injured and
+many were conveyed later to the arsenal in irons, but their ultimate
+fate was not learned. Pete said he didn’t believe they’d shoot any of
+them because it was against the law to take the life of a crazy person,
+and, he added, “if those poor nuts weren’t crazy I’ll eat my hat! An’
+say, Kid, I’ll be a lot easier in what I call my mind when we pull out
+o’ here. I’m feelin’ sort o’ queer in the bean myself. It must be in
+the air!”
+
+Four days later, having received her orders, the _944_ slipped out of
+the Tagus and pointed her gray nose due north. No one aboard had any
+regrets, for Pete spoke for all when, looking back at the fading city,
+he said solemnly: “Them Portugueezers may be all right when you get to
+understand them, but they ain’t home folks!”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER V
+
+ “SURRENDER!”
+
+
+The chaser picked up Cape Finisterre the next afternoon and for an hour
+or more had the coast of Spain in sight. Then land fell away again and
+their course was laid for Ireland, and Pete was jubilant. A second day
+without event brought them fairly into the submarine zone and since,
+of officers and men, only Kennedy, of the after gun crew, had sailed
+those waters during war time, there was a good deal of poorly disguised
+excitement aboard. They never got very far from their life-vests
+and when any one had nothing else to do he leaned against something
+somewhere on deck and strained his eyes for periscopes. And, of course,
+with so much looking and so much expectancy something was bound to
+happen, and did.
+
+Just at sunset that evening Stearns, on lookout duty forward, raised
+his voice in a shout that was part triumph and part alarm. “Submarine
+broad off the port bow!” yelled Stearns. “Submarine, sir! You can see
+her plain!” Every one within sound of the lad’s voice flocked to the
+rail, while, on the bridge, Captain Cowan already had his glasses to
+his eyes. And there she was, as plain as the lookout had promised, some
+two miles distant, just awash and apparently motionless. The sun’s rays
+showed bright on the curve of her hull, and, while no conning tower was
+visible, she was unmistakably a U-boat. Even Kennedy agreed to that.
+There were two courses open to the _944_. One was to get away from
+that place as quickly as her engines would take her and the other was
+to fight. To the credit of the chaser be it said that several seconds
+before the order came from the bridge, both bow and after guns had lost
+their jackets and two crews were very busy with breech mechanism and
+ammunition.
+
+Captain Cowan put his mouth to the engine room tube, eager hands
+fastened on lifebelts, the _944_ swept to port, the engines played a
+louder tune and the broad, slanting funnel poured black smoke. Soon the
+chaser was doing her best, or perhaps a little better, for down below
+engineers and firemen knew what the stake was and were working with a
+will. Half a mile was swept astern. The submarine paid them no heed.
+At the bow gun the crew watched the bridge imploringly and growled
+impatiently over inaction. Finally:
+
+“Ready, down there?” called the luff.
+
+“Ready, sir!”
+
+“Nineteen hundred yards!”
+
+“Nineteen, sir!”
+
+“Eighteen-fifty!”
+
+“Right, sir!”
+
+Then came a disgusted wail from the foretop: “’Taint a sub, sir! It’s a
+capsized boat!”
+
+A moment of silent dismay followed. The _944_ plowed on, ducking her
+bows and spraying the forward gun crew. Then, from the bridge: “The
+lookout’s right,” came the disgusted tones of the luff, “But you’ll
+never have a better target, men. Fire!”
+
+Well, there was some satisfaction in that, and the crew made the best
+of it. Perhaps it was just as well that the target was not a U-boat,
+after all, for the first two shells dropped far short and the third
+was only a doubtful hit. But after that that floating hulk never had
+a chance. The after gun crew requested to be allowed to join in the
+festivities and were given permission, and for a few minutes that
+small area of the North Atlantic was noisy indeed. The after crew
+claimed the honors later, and the subject afforded animated and even
+heated debate all the rest of the evening, but the question was never
+settled. The only thing certain was that the hull of a small schooner,
+possibly that of a French fisherman, was the recipient of some ten
+shells and finally sank gracefully from the scene.
+
+That night there was a second alarm, but this time it was a glimmering
+fish that darted past the bow and caused the cry of “Torpedo!” The
+excitement had subsided by the time Dave had reached the companion,
+still fumbling with his life-vest. The rest of the night passed
+uneventfully, save for the sighting of two patrol boats.
+
+Morning came with a calm sea and a silvery mist, and Dave was busy with
+pail and brush in the lee of the after-house when there came a startled
+cry from a lookout in the waist, echoed by others. Dave dropped his
+brush, straightened up and gazed about him. On deck everything looked
+normal. Then his eyes swept seaward and his jaw dropped. Not fifty
+yards away, spectrally visible in the ocean haze, rode a long, low
+shape that kept pace with them and drew gradually closer. He had
+often and often speculated on what it would be like to find a U-boat
+alongside, and now he knew! For the first moment surprise crowded out
+all other emotions. He could hear and almost see the water running
+from the scuppers, and he did see the sudden appearance of the two
+guns, one forward and one aft of the conning tower, that arose as if by
+magic from the deck. Then he came to life and stopped being curious.
+Already the after gun crew was at stations and the chaser was a small
+hive of activity. And just then a voice came across the water through a
+megaphone.
+
+“Surrender, sir, or I’ll blow you out of the water!”
+
+On the submarine’s deck a blue uniformed officer was dimly visible, his
+face hidden by the megaphone. The two guns were now trained straight on
+the _944_. The officer spoke in fair English and much to the point. On
+the chaser’s bridge there was a moment of hesitation. Then, however,
+the captain made his answer. It isn’t printable here. And as he replied
+the _944_ swung abruptly on her heel, bringing her stern around, and
+her after gun barked.
+
+That shell missed badly, principally for the reason that the after gun
+muzzle could not be lowered far enough, and the U-boat replied instantly
+and with effect. Dave, hustling cartridges from the after-house, felt a
+blast of air in his face, there was a sharp crackling sound and he was
+rolling around in what seemed a world of flying fragments. His progress
+stopped under the small boat lashed forward of the house. Bewildered, he
+scrambled to his feet. Torn deck planking and splinters of wood met his
+gaze. A few feet away lay the box of cartridges he had been carrying. He
+felt dizzy and horribly confused. His left sleeve was torn from elbow to
+wrist and on his forearm a deep gash was oozing blood. The after gun was
+still firing, but the U-boat was no longer in sight. He made his way
+back, rescuing the cartridge box. Young Stearns came groping his way
+toward him, dragging one leg, supporting himself by the house.
+
+“What is it?” asked Dave anxiously. “Are you hurt?”
+
+“Leg,” answered Stearns, trying to smile. “Bust, I guess. I’m all
+right, Kid. Don’t mind me.”
+
+He stumbled on, and Dave, feeling a little sick, made his way for the
+stern. Things were messy there, but the gun had escaped damage. Two
+of the crew had been hurt, but not badly. One shell, it seemed, had
+struck the boat at the stern just above the water line, but the swing
+of the craft had to some extent deflected the force of the explosion.
+A second, from the submarine’s forward gun, had passed between the
+gun crew and the after-house. A third, it was believed, had missed
+narrowly, unless it had struck somewhere forward.
+
+“Do you think we’ve lost them?” asked Dave, ripping off the cover of
+the shell box.
+
+“Don’t know,” replied Kennedy. “We’re zig-zagging and making east, and
+if this fog holds we may fool her.”
+
+“Silence!” commanded Briggs, gun captain, and firing ceased.
+
+“We’re only wasting shells,” he said. “Keep your eyes open, fellows,
+for she may show up again. If she doesn’t put a torpedo into us, I’m
+willing to fight her all day with guns.”
+
+“Sure!” agreed Kennedy. “We’d have got her then if the Old Man had
+stuck it out.”
+
+“Don’t be a chump,” answered Briggs. “She had us broadside and would
+have sunk us with two shots. I don’t see yet how we managed to fool
+her.”
+
+“We didn’t,” ventured Dave. “She fooled herself. That captain thought
+we were too surprised to know what to do.”
+
+“That’s right,” some one else agreed. “It’s lucky for us we were doing
+a good fourteen, or we’d never have turned in time.”
+
+“You men that are hurt, beat it forward and get looked after,” said
+Briggs. “Don’t be long, for we may be busy again in a few minutes. That
+means you, too, Kid. Go ahead, all of you.”
+
+“Aw, we ain’t damaged,” grumbled one of the wounded. “Suppose she pops
+up again?”
+
+“Do as you’re told,” replied Briggs, shortly.
+
+Dave followed the other two and, in the fo’c’sle had his arm hastily
+bathed and bound up. The _944_ was tearing off a good twenty miles an
+hour and still dodging from port to starboard and back again. But as
+Dave hurried back to the deck that erratic progress ceased and the
+chaser turned in a trail of foam and headed north once more. “If we had
+depth charges aboard, as we ought to have,” Dave overheard from the
+bridge, “I’d look for her, but as it is I think we’d better mind our
+business.” It was the captain speaking, and, although Dave couldn’t
+hear what Lieutenant Hyatt said he gathered that the latter was not
+approving of running away.
+
+The mist had amber gleams in it now, for eastward the sun was well out
+of the sea. Dave satisfied himself that no damage had been wrought
+forward, waved a hand to Pete, who, chewing his gum steadily, was
+nonchalantly posed against the bow gun, and returned to his station.
+Already it was possible to see a much greater distance, for the sun
+was striking through the mist and making the ocean world a glorious
+amber mystery. He entered the after-house and picked up another box of
+cartridges, and as he stepped back to the deck he heard a short, sharp
+yelp from aft, and then Briggs’s voice crying:
+
+“Carry on!”
+
+Then so many things happened at once that he could never, in memory,
+place them in sequence. The box of cartridges disappeared from his
+hands as if by magic, the after-house fairly melted into nothingness,
+and for the second time on the voyage Dave found himself going down
+through fathoms of roaring water.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI
+
+ PETE TO THE RESCUE
+
+
+After a seemingly interminable time Dave came sputtering back to the
+surface, breathless, dazed, feeling very much as if he had been shot
+from a mortar. His head rang and he was conscious of lameness in his
+arms. For a moment, satisfied to keep his head out of water, he trusted
+to the buoyancy of his life-vest and tried hard to realize what had
+happened. Failing, he took stock of his chances of rescue. At first
+they looked very slim. About him nothing was visible save the golden
+mist, which, seen from the surface, was slowly writhing under the first
+breath of a gentle breeze. Then the sharp bark of a rapid-fire gun
+shattered the silence. It came from his left. He started to strike out
+in that direction, but after a few strokes stopped. From back of him
+had come a second shot, and of the two the latter somehow sounded more
+like the bark of the _944’s_ three-inch guns. He swung about and swam
+in the new direction, and as he did so a third shot rang out, and then
+a fourth, and he thought he could hear the sing of the shells. Two
+shots answered from the other gun, which now seemed in a new quarter.
+He judged that he was safely out of range and that the chaser and
+U-boat were engaged in a running fight. How either could be visible to
+the other in the mist he could not understand, not realizing that the
+mist, while heavy just above the water, was fast burning off above. The
+firing continued briskly for several minutes and then stopped, and by
+that time both guns sounded much farther away and he realized with a
+sinking heart that the _944_ had abandoned him.
+
+That knowledge and the fact that it hurt him horribly to use his arms
+stopped his labors and he let himself float. Fortunately, the sea was
+almost as calm as the proverbial millpond, as though the blanket of
+mist was holding it smooth. His life-vest held his shoulders just above
+the surface, and, he reflected, as long as the calm lasted, he would
+be able to bob about until hunger or exhaustion did its work. Somehow,
+the chance of being picked up didn’t enter far into his calculations.
+He seemed so absolutely alone and so tiny in that immensity of ocean!
+Perhaps, he thought, when the mist cleared off his plight wouldn’t look
+so hopeless, but just now he was thoroughly despairing.
+
+His thoughts jumped from one subject to another in a way that left his
+mind tired and confused, and he ended by trying not to think at all.
+That, however, was impossible, and he was soon back at it. He wondered
+whether his mother would give up the home at Sparrensville and join his
+sister and her husband in California, whether the _944_ had escaped
+from the submarine, how Tom Stearns’s leg was, what Pete Rooney was
+doing, and whether Pete would miss him, whether there were sharks in
+those waters, what time it was――
+
+Well, he could easily find that out, and he lifted his right arm to
+look at the little silver watch that had been strapped about his
+wrist. But it wasn’t there, and he remembered taking it off when his
+arm was being bandaged because the blood had trickled down and stained
+the leather. He had dropped it in a pocket, but he didn’t care enough
+now to search for it. Besides, he reflected dismally, the water had
+probably stopped it before this. For some reason that seemed the last
+straw, and he sniffed a few times and felt tears gathering in his eyes.
+Then the absurdity of crying because his watch had stopped struck him
+and he laughed aloud, a trifle hysterically, and felt better. After
+all he wasn’t dead yet. Lots and lots of folks had been rescued in
+mid-ocean, and why not he? Hadn’t Pete declared just the other day that
+he was never born to be drowned? He began to take courage again. Things
+might have been worse, he told himself, with an attempt at philosophy.
+The water might have been much colder and ten times rougher, and it
+might have happened at night. Now the sun was making itself felt more
+every minute and its warmth was good. He was talking aloud to himself
+by this time, and the sound of his own voice was cheering. To prove
+that he was not altogether downhearted he pursed his lips to whistle.
+
+The whistle didn’t come, though, for at that moment he heard a faint
+cry from the mist. It sounded so much like his own name that he feared
+for a second that his mind was wandering. But there it was again:
+
+“Ki-i-id!”
+
+He must be dreaming. Or had he only heard the cry of a gull? But he
+answered, putting all his breath in a long shout of “Hello!” Then he
+waited, his heart beating so loudly that he feared he would not hear
+the response if it came. But he did. From afar trailed the faint thread
+of sound: “Shout ... again!”
+
+He shouted, not only again but many times. They were seeking for him in
+a boat. His troubles were over or soon would be. He forgot the pains
+in his arms and shoulders and struck out vigorously toward the distant
+voice. It was nearer now, and its message was, “Coming, Kid!” It was
+Pete.
+
+Through the golden haze, now fast thinning, the two voices drew nearer
+and nearer. Dave listened for the sound of oars, and was puzzled at not
+hearing them. Then Pete’s cheerful tones were almost at hand, and Dave,
+pausing in his swimming, strained his eyes to find him.
+
+“Are you all right?” called Pete.
+
+“Yes. Where are you?”
+
+“Coming as fast as I can, Kid! It’s slow work, but――”
+
+And then out of the haze not many yards distant something took shape,
+something just above the water that was never in the world a boat! Dave
+stared bewilderedly as into his vision floated the grinning countenance
+of Pete, freckles and all. He was swimming and pushing ahead of him
+one of the chaser’s big life buoys!
+
+“Get aboard,” called Pete. “Gee, that’s the craziest thing I ever tried
+to shove!”
+
+“Where――where did you come from?” gasped Dave.
+
+“Oh, I just dropped over for a swim. Lay hold of this, Kid, and rest
+yourself. Sure you’re all right? Gee, when I saw you take a backward
+flip over the side I thought you was a gonner! ‘Good night!’ says I.
+But you came up all right just before the fog hid you an’ I guessed you
+wasn’t dead yet. You and the deckhouse sort of went off together, Kid!”
+
+“What happened?” asked Dave. He put his elbows over the canvas rim of
+the buoy and tried to get his breath back.
+
+“Oh, nothin’ much, except that sub sneaked up on us again an’ exploded
+a shell in the after-house. Why you wasn’t killed is beyond me! I was
+comin’ along the deck when it happened. There was a bang and the house
+sort of melted away an’ I saw you doing a Kellermann into the ocean.
+That was some dive, take it from Pete!”
+
+“But――but I didn’t see the U-boat!”
+
+“No more did any one until she’d lammed two shots at us. Then Tracey,
+in the cage, yelled down that he’d found her an’ we got busy. I didn’t
+stay to help, though. I just grabbed this ‘doughnut’ and lit on my
+tummy.”
+
+“You mean you jumped over? What for?”
+
+Pete viewed him disgustedly across the life buoy. “Ain’t I told you I
+dropped in for a swim? Say, what would you have done? Just let me go
+floatin’ off to Africa?”
+
+“Oh! But――but Pete, you oughtn’t to have! Now we’ll both drown!”
+
+“Drown! Nothin’ doin’, Kid! I ain’t got no intention of drownin’. It’s
+too damp. Why, say, this thing’ll float us until the war’s over an’ the
+United States Army’s eatin’ breakfast in Berlin!”
+
+“Well, it was――mighty fine of you,” muttered Dave. “And plucky, but you
+oughtn’t to have done it. I suppose they didn’t know I was overboard?”
+
+“You didn’t say anything to the Old Man about goin’, did you?” asked
+Pete, dryly. “Even if they had known, you don’t suppose they’d have
+stopped to pick you up, do you? Not with that U-boat hammerin’ ’em to
+bits! They’d have dropped a life buoy over an’ let it go at that. Well,
+that’s what I did. Only I went over with the buoy. You see, I argued
+like this. ‘The Kid’s alive all right,’ thinks I, ‘but he’s sure to
+have somethin’ missin’, like a head or a leg or somethin’, an’ he won’t
+be much good for swimmin’. So what he needs is a pal to sort o’ aid
+his failin’ steps, so to speak.’ Say, you ain’t lyin’, are you? You’re
+really all here?”
+
+“Yes, I am really, Pete. I feel kind of bruised――”
+
+“That’s funny, too! You was only pushed overboard by a dose of
+shrapnel. Some folks is easy hurt!”
+
+Dave smiled. Then “Are any of the others wounded or――or killed, Pete?”
+he asked.
+
+“None killed, I guess. Not when I left, anyway. Chuck Morgan got a
+splinter, and I think some of the guys at the after gun was messed up a
+bit, but I ain’t sure. We got away from the Fritz all right, I guess.
+Sounded so, anyway. They couldn’t keep up with the old _944_. It seems
+sort o’ wrong to run away from ’em, but those subs has got bigger guns
+than ours, an’ a nasty way of shootin’ straight! Now the question is,
+Kid, what’s the program goin’ to be?”
+
+Dave shook his head, gazing helplessly about him. The mist was nearly
+gone, and what remained was writhing and twisting in the breeze. “I
+suppose all we can do, Pete, is sit tight and wait for some one to pick
+us up.”
+
+“Sure, but we might send a radio,” answered Peter. “‘S O S to all
+ships, from steamer Doughnut, latitude――.’ What’s our latitude, Kid?”
+
+“I guess you’d joke if you were dying,” grumbled Dave. Now that Pete
+was there to take command, Dave felt privileged to grumble a little.
+
+“Well, I couldn’t grouch,” replied the other cheerfully. “That’s one
+sure thing, Kid. I don’t know whether we could both sit on this thing
+an’ paddle it with our feet an’ get anywhere. What do you think?”
+
+“Would it hold us?”
+
+There was no reply from Pete. He was staring intently across the water.
+
+“What is it?” asked Dave eagerly.
+
+“Well, if I saw what I think I saw,” responded Pete, “we won’t have to
+do no paddlin’.”
+
+“A ship?”
+
+“Yeah, sort of. A submarine. Maybe I was mistaken, but――no, I wasn’t
+neither. There she comes straight for us. See her? No, no, over this
+way more. You’re looking too far to the left. Got her?”
+
+“Yes,” murmured Dave. “Do you――do you think she’s German, Pete?”
+
+“You bet she’s German, ’cause I know that murderin’ boat like I’d know
+my own grandmother if I had one. She’s the one we been scrappin’ with,
+Kid.”
+
+“Maybe she won’t see us.”
+
+“No fear! She’s spied us long ago. Well, I’d rather go aboard somethin’
+else, but we can’t be choosey.”
+
+“Maybe it would be better if we just――just slipped off and went down,”
+faltered Dave.
+
+“What for? Think I’m scared of a bunch o’ fat Huns? Not so you’d ever
+know, Kid! Only thing botherin’ me is, how’ll I be able to take dinner
+with the captain, not speakin’ no German?”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII
+
+ PRISONERS ON THE SUBMARINE
+
+
+Silently they watched the U-boat’s approach. At first she had been
+only a low, grayish protuberance on the sea, all detail softened and
+obscured by the last wreaths of haze, but now, a few hundred yards
+distant, she was plain enough. They could see men on the deck forward
+of the queerly shaped conning tower and the sunlight glinting on the
+bow gun and the water curving away from the knife-like bow. Pete,
+watching thoughtfully, said:
+
+[Illustration: Silently they watched the U-boat’s approach]
+
+“They’ll be askin’ us questions, Kid, if they take us aboard. They’ll
+want to know things it ain’t good for ’em to know. If we don’t say
+nothin’ they’re likely to bat us on the bean and drop us overboard
+again. I guess the best way’ll be to sort o’ string ’em along, eh?”
+
+“Lie, do you mean?”
+
+“Well, I wasn’t callin’ it that, but maybe it is. If you don’t like to
+do it, maybe you’d better leave the jollyin’ to me. I ain’t got no
+conscience when it comes to deceivin’ a Hun an’ a enemy.”
+
+“I don’t suppose it will be lying――exactly,” answered Dave. “Deceiving
+the enemy is――is different. Why don’t they sheer off a little? Are they
+trying to run us down?”
+
+It did look so, for the U-boat came gliding on as straight for the two
+boys as though it meant to thrust its slender nose between them. At the
+last moment, however, when Dave was ready to throw himself back into
+the water, it swung slightly and its long gray hull passed a few yards
+away. On the bow was the inscription _U-H-37_. From the narrow deck a
+dozen sailors gazed down on them, mildly curious, while an officer,
+whose gold braid was tarnished and worn, stood beside the forward gun
+and a second and younger officer leaned against the curving base of
+the conning tower. Each, Dave observed, wore on his sleeve the two
+stripes and crown of a lieutenant. The submarine’s engines had made a
+very perceptible clamor during its approach, but now they were stilled,
+and the underwater craft slowed and stopped. It was the officer at the
+gun who spoke, and Dave thought he recognized him as the one who had
+shouted to the _944_ through a megaphone. He used no megaphone now,
+however, nor needed to, since only a dozen yards of water separated
+boat and life buoy.
+
+“What ship you from?” he asked in good English.
+
+“United States Chaser _944_,” answered Pete.
+
+“What you do in the water?”
+
+“Shell knocked us in.”
+
+“Want to come out?”
+
+“You bet,” answered Pete, cheerfully.
+
+The officer frowned mightily. “You talk to your officers like you talk
+to me, eh?” he demanded. “Suppose I go away and leave you there?”
+
+“Sorry, sir,” apologized Pete. But Dave thought he didn’t look very
+sorry and feared for a moment that the U-boat commander would act on
+his own suggestion. Instead, though:
+
+“Swim here and we take you on board,” he said. “You Americans have no
+manners. You are all pigs.”
+
+They dropped off the life buoy and started for the submarine, but
+the commander stopped them sharply. “Bring with you that buoy,” he
+directed, adding grimly: “Maybe you need it again.”
+
+A moment later, pulled aboard by some of the crew, they stood on
+the steel deck and faced the commander. He looked to be about forty
+years of age, and had a very round face adorned by a broad nose over a
+grizzled mustache that ended in waxed points, and two sharp gray eyes
+under heavy, bristling brows. He looked not unamiable, and his first
+words were good-natured enough.
+
+“You go below with this man and he will find you some dry clothing,”
+he said. “Then I will have a little talk with you.” A hatch mid-way
+between gun and conning tower was open and through this, one of the
+sailors, a squat, sullen-faced youth, led the way. A ladder ran
+straight down, and having descended it they found themselves in a
+surprisingly long white-enameled compartment, lined with bunks on each
+side. There was an indescribable odor down there, an odor that seemed
+to combine the smell of oil and of stale sea water and damp clothing.
+The bunks held only mattresses and tumbled gray blankets, and several
+were occupied. From a locker beneath one the sailor pulled out a heap
+of clothing which he spread out in silence on the floor of the narrow
+passage for their inspection.
+
+“I don’t want any of the dirty truck,” growled Pete. The sailor looked
+up and spoke crossly in German, but neither knew what he said. “Sure,
+that’s true enough,” said Pete, “but I ain’t hankerin’ for no disease,
+Dutchy.”
+
+“I guess we’d better put them on until our own things are dry,” said
+Dave. “If we don’t they may shoot us or something.”
+
+“Maybe you’re right,” agreed Pete. “Hello, look here!” He held up a
+blue cloth sailor’s cap, bearing the words, “_H. M. S. Owl_” on its
+ribbon. “What do you know about that? British, ain’t it?”
+
+Before Dave could reply the sailor snatched the cap from Pete’s hand
+and tossed it into the locker, muttering angrily. Pete’s pale blue eyes
+snapped and Dave looked for trouble, but, restraining his resentment,
+the former stooped and picked up a suit of stained blue flannel and
+proceeded to doff his own wet clothes which were trickling water on
+the flooring. Dave followed his example. At that instant a terrific
+crashing and clattering assailed their ears and they started in alarm.
+But the sound was only that of the big Diesel engines taking up their
+task again. There was a perceptible tremor of the frail steel hull and
+through the open hatch above a fresh current of air blew into the
+unfragrant quarters.
+
+When they were dressed and their wet clothing had been taken charge of
+by the sour-visaged sailor they were led aft along the passage, past
+what appeared to be an officer’s stateroom, to the central station
+beyond. This was a compartment slightly longer than wide, under the
+conning tower. The walls were white, save where yellow rust stains
+showed, and were beaded with moisture. A ladder led upward to the tower
+and there was a bench at one side, but for the rest the place held only
+a vast and confusing array of machinery; huge valves, immense dials,
+steering wheels, compass, gauges, controllers, levers, and manifolds.
+A periscope terminated here, too, and against one curving steel wall a
+round clock ticked unheard above the roar and clatter of the engines.
+Pipes and cables and spreading wires were everywhere overhead and
+against the walls, and above the steering wheel a chart hung in a metal
+frame. There was but one occupant of the compartment when they entered,
+a petty officer, whose rating and branch mark, an anchor and cog wheel,
+surmounted by a crown, in silver, was unfamiliar to them.
+
+As the boat was on the surface it was being controlled from the
+conning tower. Two electric lamps cast a wan glow over the place,
+leaving it in a pale twilight through which the metal instruments
+gleamed mysteriously. Fore and aft the passage seemed to continue
+interminably, and aft, from which direction the clamor of machinery
+came, the big engines were partly visible. Pete strolled across and
+seated himself on the bench, but their custodian sprang toward him and
+broke into angry growlings.
+
+“Oh, all right, sport,” sighed Pete. “But if you’d been pushing a life
+buoy all over the Atlantic Ocean you’d want to sit down, too.” He got
+up, in obedience to the man’s gestures, and interested himself in the
+reflector of the periscope, eyed by the sailor in sullen suspicion.
+Several minutes passed. Their ears began to ache with the ceaseless
+clamor of the engines, and the air, heavy with the odor of crude oil
+and battery fumes, was oddly oppressing. Then the hatch above darkened
+and the captain descended the ladder.
+
+“Ah, you feel better now, yes?” he inquired genially. “So we have a
+little talk.” He seated himself on the bench and observed them with
+every indication of good will. “Your ship is a new ship, eh?”
+
+“Yes, sir,” replied Pete. “Built two months ago.”
+
+“And you are both seamen? Not what you call petty officers?”
+
+“Seamen, sir.”
+
+“The American navy is a very fine navy, I know. I have been in your
+wonderful country. You are building many new ships, I understand, to
+make war on us.”
+
+“Yes, sir, quite a bunch of ’em,” answered Pete cheerfully.
+
+“Yes, maybe fifty, eh? Maybe a hundred?”
+
+“I don’t know how many. They ain’t tellin’ us.”
+
+“So? Well, we know――we in Germany.” He chuckled deeply and winked at
+them. “We know much. You were on your way from New York when we met
+you, eh?”
+
+“Yes, sir; Syracuse, New York.”
+
+“Syracuse?” The captain frowned. “Where is that?”
+
+“Just south of New Rochelle,” said Pete gravely.
+
+“So? And you were going to――?” He paused, questioningly.
+
+“I don’t know, sir. They forgot to tell us that. Somewhere across.”
+
+“Maybe Queenstown?” asked the officer, slyly.
+
+Pete shrugged. “Maybe. Or Dover. Or Plymouth. I don’t know.”
+
+“How happened it that you were by yourself alone?”
+
+“There was some more of us, but we got lost in a storm.”
+
+“And the others? They were what you call chasers, like yourself?”
+
+“Cruisers, sir; seven of ’em.”
+
+“So? What were the names?”
+
+Pete hesitated a bare instant. Then: “I don’t know ’em all, Captain.
+There was the _Greenwich_ an’ the _Chelsea_ an’ the _Bronx_ an’ the
+_Harlem_.”
+
+“You are lying, eh?” purred the officer. “There are no such ships in
+the American navy.”
+
+“These is all new ones.”
+
+“Ah, and how large are they?” asked the other, suspiciously.
+
+“Well, middlin’ big, sir. I don’t know exactly. I guess the _Bronx_ is
+about 8,000 tons. An’ the others is about like that.”
+
+“Where did you part company with them?”
+
+“Can’t say exactly. About two days out of Syracuse.”
+
+“Where were they going to?” asked the officer.
+
+“Same place we was, but I don’t know where that is.”
+
+“Maybe they carried soldiers. Or maybe you had troop ships with you,
+too?”
+
+“No, sir. Not this time.”
+
+“How many soldiers have left your country to fight against us?”
+
+“About a thousand,” answered Pete, unblushingly.
+
+“A thousand! What you mean?” The captain scowled ferociously. “More,
+more than a thousand has come across! Many thousand! Stop your lying to
+me or I throw you straight into the ocean!”
+
+“Well, that’s what I heard,” said Pete, untroubledly. “Maybe two
+thousand. You can search me.”
+
+“Search you? What I search you for? What talk is it that you make?”
+
+“That’s just a sayin’, Captain. What we call slang.”
+
+“So? Well, don’t talk with me slang. What is the trouble with this man?
+Can he not talk?”
+
+“Sure, he’s a fine little talker, Captain, but he ain’t all there.”
+Pete dropped his voice confidentially and tapped his head and winked.
+“He is what we call ‘nutty.’ Get me?”
+
+“‘Nutty?’ Crazy, you mean?” The captain observed Dave with new interest
+and in silence for a long minute. Then he nodded his head. “Yes, he
+looks not quite right. What is your name, you?”
+
+“David Garson,” prattled Dave. “I’m eighteen years old and small for my
+age, but they say I’ll grow.”
+
+“Small! Grow! What is he saying? Never mind. It does not matter.” The
+captain lost interest in Dave and returned to his questioning. For
+another quarter of an hour he put all kinds of inquiries at Pete and
+received all kinds of answers. Occasionally he looked suspicious, but
+on the whole appeared satisfied with the information. He asked about
+the sentiment in the United States regarding conscription, how many men
+were in training, when they were to be sent across, how many United
+States ships were operating in French and British waters, what their
+armament was, where they were based. And he wanted to know how America
+felt toward Germany, and whether she expected to win the war. And,
+finally, he asked whether a certain German restaurant was still doing
+business in New York! In the end he said:
+
+“Now I require you to give me your parole, your promise not to attempt
+to escape. Then you are treated fine and get plenty of food, and I put
+you ashore pretty soon. Well?”
+
+“Nothin’ doin’, sir,” replied Pete.
+
+“Eh? What you mean, nothing doing? Much will be doing if you do not do
+like I say!”
+
+“That’s all right, too,” said Pete doggedly, “but you don’t get any
+promise like that from us, Captain. If we get a chance to beat it,
+we’re goin’ to beat it, take it from Pete!”
+
+The captain frowned more ferociously than ever, and for a fearsome
+moment Dave, who had all through the latter part of the interview tried
+to look as vacant and unintelligent as he knew how, was horribly afraid
+that he would order them shot or tossed into the sea. But after an
+instant the captain’s frown vanished and he chuckled.
+
+“You are brave, my man. Also you tell the truth, eh? Well, so be it.”
+He laughed good-naturedly. “You have my full permission to――what you
+say?――‘beat it’――if you can! But since you do not give your parole,
+you must work for your living, yes. And if you do not work like you are
+told you will be punished. Maybe you like that better, eh?”
+
+“Sure, we’ll work, Captain. Just as long as you don’t ask us to sink
+any of our own ships, we’re right on the job.”
+
+“So? We shall see.” He spoke in German to the sailor. Then: “Go with
+this man,” he directed. “He will show you where are your bunks. You
+will go neither forward nor aft from the quarters. You understand?”
+
+“Yes, sir.”
+
+The captain waved his hand. “_Vorwärtsgehen!_” he ordered.
+
+“Meanin’ _heraus mit_ us,” muttered Pete.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VIII
+
+ UNDER THE SEA
+
+
+The sailor indicated two upper bunks and left them by way of the
+forward hatch to their own devices. There was a table where the passage
+was widest, a greasy, much-stained affair that evidently came to pieces
+when not wanted and was stowed away somewhere. It was the only thing
+in the quarters that offered a seat, aside from the bunks, and Pete
+perched himself on it and looked about him.
+
+“Well, here we are, Kid,” he said, cheerfully. “Say, I never expected
+to be entertained on board a German sub! What do you think about those
+bunks?” He nodded toward the two that had been awarded them. “Not what
+you’d call invitin’, eh?”
+
+Dave shook his head. “I hate to think of sleeping in them,” he
+answered. “But I suppose we’ll have to.”
+
+“I guess so. Others is doin’ it.” The fact was evident from the sounds
+that came from several of them. “Well, I’ll try anything once.”
+
+“I guess they don’t mean to shoot us, anyway,” said Dave.
+
+“No, they’ll hand us over to their friends on shore and we’ll kick
+our heels around one o’ their prison camps for the rest o’ the war, I
+guess.”
+
+“But that’s fierce!” protested Dave.
+
+“Yeah, ain’t it? Well, then, what we’ve got to do is find a way out o’
+this.”
+
+Dave looked uneasily about him. The compartment was illy lighted and
+the bunks were gloomy caverns, but a number held occupants, and there
+was always the chance that one of the latter might understand English.
+He reminded Pete of that fact.
+
+“That’s right, too,” agreed the latter, sinking his voice. “Anyway,
+there ain’t anything we can do right now. I wish I had some chow. I’m
+starved. Wonder when they eat on this Pullman.”
+
+“Maybe there’s a buffet on board,” suggested Dave, making a weak
+attempt at a joke.
+
+“Sure, why not?” Pete slid off the wabbly table and went prospecting
+forward. The compartment was about forty feet in length and held
+twenty-two bunks in two tiers, twelve on one side and ten on the
+other. At the forward end, in place of the last two bunks on the port
+side, stood an electric range, a cupboard for dishes, a small sink, and
+a big coffee tank whose copper surface glowed dimly in the half-light.
+There was also, below the cupboard, an ice box. To Pete’s delight the
+coffee, although the electric coil beneath the tank was not going, was
+still lukewarm, and he found two aluminum cups and held them under the
+spigot. There was no milk in the coffee, but it was sickeningly sweet.
+They were not fussy, however, and drank two cups of it. Then Pete
+discovered another cupboard across the passage and rightly suspected
+that it held food. But as it was locked he couldn’t profit by the
+discovery. They peered through the forward bulkhead door and were
+confronted by gray gloom through which loomed big tanks and huge pipes
+and long metal cylinders.
+
+“Torpedo compartment,” murmured Pete. “If they catch us lookin’ they’ll
+shoot us through a tube, I guess.”
+
+They went back, and finding an unoccupied lower bunk, made themselves
+as comfortable as they might against the supporting uprights. From the
+tiny round hatch overhead a golden column of sunlight slanted down.
+From the engine room, far aft, came the deafening noise of the Diesels.
+There was a rather soothing side-to-side motion quite different from
+that of an ordinary boat.
+
+“She must be a pretty big one,” said Pete. “’Most two hundred feet
+long, I guess. What was the number on her?”
+
+“_U-H-37._”
+
+“What’s the H for, do you guess?”
+
+“It’s the class number. The U stands for _Untersee_.”
+
+“They wouldn’t have to tell us that,” jeered Pete. “Any one could tell
+it wasn’t a flyin’ machine. Wonder what it’s like when the crazy thing
+sinks. Blamed if I see how we’re going to get away from here, Kid. I
+talked sort o’ big to the cap., but I guess our chance of makin’ a
+get-away ain’t worth a whole lot.”
+
+“S-sh!” cautioned Dave. There was a stirring in a nearby bunk, and
+slowly there emerged the lower body of a sailor. There was a prodigious
+yawn and then the rest of the man came into view. He looked to be about
+thirty, and was small and thin. The face that turned in their direction
+was pale and tired and apathetic. Later they found the same true of
+most of the countenances seen on the boat. The man disentangled himself
+from a gray blanket, and thrust his feet into a pair of boots. Then,
+yawning again, he arose and came toward Dave and Pete. In front of them
+he stopped and stared hard. Then:
+
+“Where’d you fellers come from?” he asked in good English.
+
+“Your old man pulled us out o’ the water an hour or so ago,” answered
+Pete. “Say, I seen you before somewhere, ain’t I?”
+
+“I don’t know. Maybe so. I lived in New York a good while. You come
+from New York?”
+
+“Sure! Where was you in New York?”
+
+“All around. I’m a waiter. I worked in ’most a dozen places there. I
+was there nine years.”
+
+“Well, I seen you somewhere, all right. How do you like this job? Beats
+waitin’, eh?”
+
+“It beats everything,” said the German with grim humor. “It is awful.”
+He scowled darkly. “Pretty soon I’m going to chuck it. Where did you
+live in New York?”
+
+“All around.” Pete waved a hand vaguely. “Vanderbilt, Astor, Plaza――all
+them places.”
+
+“You’re joking,” replied the other, without a smile. “What has
+happened? I went to sleep after we chased a little American yacht. Were
+you on that?”
+
+“We was. Now we ain’t. It’s the fortunes o’ war. Say, what happened to
+her? Did you thugs get her?”
+
+The man shrugged. “I do not think so. It was very foggy.”
+
+“Fine! What time do we eat here?”
+
+“Twelve o’clock. It ain’t eating, though. It’s just――just――” He
+shrugged his shoulders, at a loss.
+
+“Don’t sound good to me,” said Pete, shaking his head. “Your captain
+told us we’d get treated fine an’ have plenty of food. If the chow
+ain’t good, I’ll leave. I give you fair warnin’, friend.”
+
+The German didn’t seem to have a smile left in him, however. He only
+shook his head glumly. “They won’t let you go,” he said. “If you
+behave, maybe they’ll take you ashore, and you’ll go to a prison.”
+
+“If we behave!” ejaculated Dave. “What will happen if we don’t?”
+
+The German shrugged again. “I don’t know. I guess the captain will
+throw you overboard and let you drown.”
+
+“I don’t think I like your captain,” said Pete. “Drown is what we’d do,
+too, for the thief swiped our life-vests.”
+
+“You mustn’t call the captain a thief. If he heard you he would punish
+you. I must go now. I hope all goes well with you. I like Americans. I
+have many good friends in New York.”
+
+“You mean you had,” said Pete, gruffly. “If you like Americans, what in
+thunder are you fighting ’em for?”
+
+“But it is not my country, America. I fight for my country.”
+
+“Go to it, bo! It won’t get you much!”
+
+“I hope he chokes,” growled Pete when the sailor had taken himself aft
+down the long, dim passage. “They make me tired, that sort. Come over
+to the U. S. A. and make a good livin’, an’ then, when trouble starts,
+beat it back here an’ try to strafe us. If I had my way I’d dump the
+lot of ’em in the harbor before they got a chance.”
+
+“But there are lots that haven’t done that, Pete. Many German-born men
+are now good Americans.”
+
+“Sure, that’s so. But guys like that gets my goat. Hello, what’s
+happenin’ now?”
+
+“_Tauch station!_” came the command along the passage.
+
+There was a sudden silence, for the moment more appalling than the
+former clamor, followed by a rushing sound of water on all sides. The
+light from the hatch was cut off and they heard the latter clanging
+shut. A man hurried into the compartment, climbed the ladder beneath
+the hatch and secured it with bolts. The rushing of water continued
+for a full two minutes and then stopped, and in the ensuing stillness
+they heard low voices of command from the central station. What the
+words were were beyond them, but the result was soon perceptible, for
+there came, instead of the noisy clatter of the oil engines, the low
+purr of the motors, the forward end of the submarine tilted downwards,
+producing a disconcerting effect on the boys’ stomachs, lights sprang
+into brilliancy up and down the compartment and they knew that the
+_U-H-37_ was submerging. Somewhere at hand an electric gong rang
+loudly. Mutters came from the depths of light-flooded bunks and, one by
+one, five occupants crawled forth.
+
+“We’re diving,” murmured Pete in an awed voice. “I never thought I’d be
+scootin’ around under the ocean, Kid. Say, supposin’ they couldn’t get
+the blamed thing up again!”
+
+The newly awakened sailors, a weary-eyed, listless looking lot, viewed
+the boys with a mild curiosity that had changed to indifference by the
+time they had donned their sea boots and shuffled out. The submarine
+was on an even keel now and, save for a slight sidewise motion, they
+could not have told whether it was going ahead, astern, or lying still.
+But the swing and the hum of the motors suggested progress. Pete’s
+countenance bore an uneasy look and he viewed the moist walls with a
+striking absence of enthusiasm.
+
+“I didn’t count on this sort o’ thing when I enlisted,” he demurred.
+“Do you guess that captain knows what’s he up to?”
+
+“Or down to?” suggested Dave. “I guess he’s done this before, Pete. Do
+you suppose we’re just under the surface, or way down?”
+
+“Way down, because she was slanted a long time. Say, it’s sort o’
+wonderful, ain’t it?” Pete grew more reconciled as nothing alarming
+followed the plunge. “Think of sailin’ along under the ocean like
+this, with electric lights an’ beds――sort o’――an’, I hope, food! You
+got to hand it to ’em, Dave, these Germans. They’re cute, all right!”
+
+“We invented submarines ourselves,” Dave protested, patriotically.
+
+“Sure, I know that. An’ maybe that guy Napoleon invented war, but
+the Germans improved a lot on it, Kid! I guess the trouble with us
+fellers is that just as soon as we’ve gone an’ invented a thing we
+lose interest in it, an’ some other guy has to take a hold and fix it
+up shipshape an’ proper. Look at the flyin’ machine. We invented that,
+too, didn’t we? Well, they tell me that all the flyin’ machines we’ve
+got you could put in your eye.”
+
+“But we’re building a lot of them.”
+
+“Yeah, an’ submarines, too. That’s where the Huns have the edge on us,
+see? They ain’t buildin’; they’ve built!”
+
+Presently another man crawled out of a bunk at the galley end of the
+quarters, yawned, and busied himself about the stove and food lockers.
+If he saw the prisoners he paid them no attention. Presently he donned
+a dirty white jacket that covered him to the knees, and began the
+preparation of the midday meal. Pete sniffed approvingly as the odor
+of cooking began to permeate the already none too fresh air of the
+compartment.
+
+“Wonder will it be beefsteak?” he said. “What’s it smell like to you,
+Kid?”
+
+“Something horribly German,” replied Dave, disgustedly. “Maybe some of
+their beastly sausages.”
+
+But it proved later to be neither beefsteak nor sausage, but a thin,
+watery stew that held many half-cooked vegetables and little meat. With
+it there was plenty of grayish bread and some greasy substance that
+was used as butter, but that had certainly never seen a cow. There was
+coffee, too, and, as dessert, dried pears stewed in molasses. Dinner
+was consumed by the crew in relays. The warrant and petty officers ate
+first and then the men. No one sat down to the table, although some
+perched themselves on the edges of the nearby bunks. There was little
+conversation. The men ate methodically and without apparent enjoyment,
+drinking cup after cup of the over-sweet coffee, now heated to boiling
+temperature. The air in the quarters was hot and stagnant and filled
+with all the odors of the boat and of the cooking.
+
+As none offered food to Dave and Pete, they presently helped themselves
+from the bowls on the table and presented their cups to the silent,
+phlegmatic cook for coffee. One or two of the sailors tried to talk to
+them in German, but soon desisted when Pete replied in English. There
+were black looks from some, but for the most part petty officers and
+men seemed absolutely indifferent to the boys’ presence there. Perhaps,
+thought Dave, prisoners were frequent aboard the _U-H-37_!
+
+The afternoon passed slowly. The promised work didn’t materialize.
+Dave amused himself trying to read a German magazine that he found
+under a bunk, but what little he had learned of the language was not
+equal to the task. Pete whistled or hummed and frequently expressed a
+longing for chewing gum. Once the torpedo crew went forward and busied
+themselves mysteriously, but nothing interesting followed, and after
+an hour or so they returned, muttering gutturally as they passed. They
+didn’t see the English speaking man again until supper time, and then
+not to talk with. After washing his pots and pans the cook crawled
+back into his bunk and was seen no more until just before the evening
+meal. Pete said he guessed that if he had to be on a submarine, he’d
+prefer to be the cook. Once or twice water gurgled and rushed through
+the pipes and the submarine tilted her nose up or down, but she didn’t
+get back to the surface. Dave had removed his watch from a trousers
+pocket before relinquishing his own togs, and now he managed to get it
+going again, setting it by guess work. It was a long, dull afternoon,
+unbroken by any incident of interest. Men crawled in and out of bunks,
+snored or read papers, made periodical trips to the coffee tank and
+paid no more attention to the prisoners than to so many flies.
+
+Supper was worse than dinner because there was less of it. The
+atmosphere got staler and heavier with every passing hour, and Dave
+found that he could hardly keep his eyes open after he had consumed a
+small portion of tasteless canned meat. Even the coffee he drank failed
+to exert the usual wakeful effect, and after being banished from the
+bunk they had perched themselves on by the scowling owner of it, they
+climbed to their own dirty mattresses and stretched out. Dave stared a
+while at the white arch of steel above him, with its cluster of white
+pipes and yellow stains and trickling drops of water, and tried to
+realize the strangeness of his circumstances, but his eyes were too
+heavy to stay open and his brain too sleep-drugged to work, and in a
+very few minutes he was sound asleep.
+
+It seemed but a few minutes later, although it was in reality many
+hours instead, when he was awakened by the tocsin-like alarm gong.
+Up and down the long compartment, bunks were emptying. Hurrying feet
+echoed in the passage. He caught the word “torpedo” among others.
+Another bell rang, this time farther away, and with a tinkling sound.
+The junior officer, whom Dave had not seen since they had boarded the
+submarine, passed on his way to the forward torpedo compartment. From
+that mysterious chamber came strange sounds, the rushing of water in
+tanks, the sounding of grating metal, the rolling of heavy wheels,
+sharp words of command. He scrambled from his bunk and climbed to where
+he could awaken Pete. But Pete was already awake.
+
+“What’s the silly row?” he demanded, blinking.
+
+“I don’t know for certain,” answered Dave, excitedly, “but I think
+they’re going to make an attack!”
+
+“Who is?” asked Pete, dazedly.
+
+“Why――why, the Germans!”
+
+Pete threw his legs over the side and searched for his boots. “Are,
+eh? Well, this is no place for your Uncle Pete, Kid! Gangway!” He
+landed on the floor with a thud. “If one of our chasers gets to
+droppin’ depth charges around I want to be where I can run!”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IX
+
+ THE ESCAPE
+
+
+“Do you suppose it’s one of our ships?” asked Dave, anxiously.
+
+“You can bet it ain’t one o’ their own, anyway. Gee! I wish we could
+rock the boat, or somethin’, so they’d miss their shot! We’re slowing
+down.”
+
+“How do you know?”
+
+“I don’t know, but I sort o’ feel it, just as I sort o’ feel that we’re
+running just under, with the periscopes stickin’ out. Listen, Kid!”
+
+The boat was strangely silent, for the motors were purring more softly
+and, with every man at his station, there were no footfalls echoing
+against the steel walls. Occasionally a short command came from the
+central station and now and then a click or the burr of sliding metal
+reached them. Silence and suspense wrapped the gleaming cylinder as it
+went gliding slowly and stealthily through the midnight sea. Dave’s
+watch, somewhere near correct, showed the time to be shortly before
+three. The torpedo compartment emitted few sounds. Dave pictured the
+junior officer, finger on button, awaiting the command. Then there came
+a sound from the bow like none that Dave had ever heard, a sort of
+“_Gr-r-rh!_” such as a contented tiger might make. There was a barely
+perceptible shock underfoot and he knew that the death-dealing missile
+was on its way.
+
+He waited, staring with wide eyes at Pete, but no sound reached them
+until there was a second growl from the torpedo compartment. Then the
+boat awoke to activity. The motors hummed more loudly, men hurried
+through the quarters, the submarine’s nose tilted slightly upward. The
+torpedo compartment was noisy once more.
+
+“Whoever she is,” said Pete glumly “they got her. If they hadn’t they
+wouldn’t be goin’ up.” Dave nodded agreement, and Pete sunk his voice.
+“Kid,” he whispered, “are you game to take a chance?”
+
+“Do you mean――escape?”
+
+“Sure. If they get busy with that ship we might get away without their
+knowin’ it.”
+
+“But where to, Pete? How?”
+
+“I don’t know, but I’d a heap rather be floatin’ around in the ocean
+than here! If only we had those life-vests!”
+
+“Wonder what they did with them.”
+
+“Those these fellows wear are a lot better,” said Dave. “They blow them
+up. Do you suppose we could find a couple?”
+
+“If we knew where to look.” Pete gazed around. “Trouble is they’re all
+wearin’ ’em. Maybe there’s extra ones aboard, though. Where would they
+keep ’em?”
+
+“In the lockers, do you think?” There was a row of lockers under
+the berths on each side, and Peter, making certain that no one was
+approaching, stooped and pulled one open. But only a litter of clothing
+and boots rewarded him. Footsteps in the passage made him close the
+locker quickly and the German who had talked to them in English
+came toward them. For the first time his countenance held something
+approaching a smile.
+
+“We got her,” he said. “She’s a big one, too.”
+
+“What’s her flag?” asked Pete, resisting a desire to plant his fist in
+the middle of that smirking face.
+
+“Italian, I think.” Then his lips closed tightly and he glanced
+apprehensively behind him. “Maybe I should not tell you,” he muttered.
+
+“Look here,” said Pete. “Suppose we get in trouble. What are we goin’
+to do, this feller an’ me? Drown, eh? Can’t you find us a couple of
+those life preserver things like you got on?”
+
+“There will be no trouble. The ship is already sinking and they are
+getting into the boats.”
+
+“Yeah. But suppose a destroyer walks in on us? It’s a fine note for all
+you guys to have life-vests an’ leave us to sink! What would we do if
+we was attacked, eh?”
+
+Dave always maintained that the sailor suspected their purpose and was
+not unwilling to aid them. At all events, after a moment of hesitation
+he answered: “All right. I’ll see if I can get some.”
+
+He went aft and disappeared beyond the bulkhead. By now the submarine
+was rolling from side to side and pitching slightly, and it was evident
+to the boys that she was on the surface. In a minute the sailor was
+back with the desired life-vests. He handed them over with an air of
+secrecy. They were, unlike the bulky, cork-filled canvas life-belts
+of the United States navy, garments of some finely-woven, waterproof
+material that fitted about the upper body beneath the arms and
+were held in place by one strap and a buckle which could be quickly
+adjusted and secured. A mouthpiece at the front was easily reached for
+inflation. Having put them on, the men blew them up sufficiently to
+secure buoyancy in the water but not enough to make them cumbersome or
+to hinder them at their work. Once in the water, it was possible to
+increase the inflation as desired. Having delivered the life-vests, the
+German hurried off again, and Dave and Pete quickly slipped them on.
+
+“That’s better,” muttered Pete. “I ain’t much of a swimmer, an’ I feel
+a heap safer if I got one o’ these things on. Now let’s see how the
+land lays.”
+
+They walked back to the central station. Two sailors were standing idly
+there, and they viewed the prisoners with scowling suspicion. Pete drew
+back. “That won’t do,” he said, as they returned. “If this hatch here
+was opened we might have a chance.”
+
+“But they’ll see us,” objected Dave, viewing the hatch somewhat
+dubiously.
+
+“Sure, but if it’s dark maybe they won’t notice us much. We’ve got the
+same togs as the rest of these Huns. Anyway, we can’t get away as long
+as we stay down here, that’s sure, ain’t it?”
+
+Dave acknowledged that it was, and for a minute or two they studied
+their predicament in silence. They were still short of a solution when
+a sailor entered and started up the hatch ladder. Pete nudged Dave, and
+they watched tensely. The sailor began turning the screws that held the
+clamps. Then he descended the ladder, said something in German that,
+whatever it was, sounded good-natured, and disappeared again. Pete
+started forward, but Dave held him back.
+
+“Wait a minute,” he said. “Maybe they’ll open it from above.”
+
+They did. The round cover creaked back, and they looked up against
+a blue, moon-lighted sky. From the deck came the trampling of feet
+and the murmur of voices. Pete led the way up the ladder, Dave close
+behind. Gusts of cool, fresh air met them. Then Pete’s head was through
+and he looked warily about him. Most of the crew were on deck. The
+forward gun had been raised from its housing. Some two hundred yards
+distant, right in the path of the moonlight, lay a great black hulk on
+which a few lights shone dimly. Pete nonchalantly stepped through the
+hatch and Dave, his heart beating hard, followed. No one paid them any
+heed. About them on the narrow deck, the crew stood and gazed at the
+disabled ship, which, even in the uncertain light of the descending
+moon, showed herself to be sinking. There was a distinct cant from bow
+to stern. As the boys looked, a smaller object crossed the moon’s path,
+evidently one of the ship’s lifeboats drawing away. Suddenly, from the
+conning tower at their backs, a stream of white light shot across the
+ocean and a great round disc of brilliancy passed along the sinking
+steamship from bow to stern, and then slowly moved back to a point just
+aft of amidships where a gaping hole had been torn in the hull. Then
+the light went out as suddenly as it had appeared and the boys blinked
+in the succeeding darkness.
+
+“Come,” whispered Pete, and tugged at Dave’s sleeve.
+
+They pushed their way aft toward the conning tower. Once a petty
+officer peered closely in their faces as they passed, but the moonlight
+was behind them and it is doubtful if he recognized them. At least, he
+made no effort to detain them, and they went on. In the conning tower,
+as they knew, stood the commander and the junior officer, but they put
+their heads down and Pete shuffled along as he had noticed so many of
+the crew shuffle, and they squirmed their way past the tower to port,
+on the narrow width of deck there, and saw, to their relief, that the
+after part of the boat was deserted, save for one dark form near the
+stern. As they drew near to him they saw that he had his back turned.
+Evidently he was a lookout, intent on searching the moonlit darkness
+for such disturbing factors as patrol boats. The submarine was still
+floating slowly toward the torpedoed ship, her propellers turning
+lazily under the stern overhang. The after gun had not been raised and
+the deck was clear, but just beyond where they paused for an instant in
+the shadow of the tower to kick off their boots a gleam of light was
+thrown upward through the after hatch. As they skirted the opening they
+peered down into a maze of engines and got a flare of hot, oily air in
+their faces. For some reason the _U-H-37_ was still operating with her
+motors.
+
+In the gloom of the conning tower Pete had whispered: “If he makes any
+trouble, kid, leave him to me,” and now, as they went quietly aft,
+Dave was hoping that the lookout would not see them. Two-thirds of
+the way from tower to stern the deck began to slope. Just short of the
+cigarshaped stern a small platform arose above the grade, and beyond
+it was what looked to be an auxiliary rudder. It was on the small
+platform that the motionless lookout was standing and it was beyond him
+that Pete intended to take to the water, since there the deck was but
+a scant foot above it and it might be possible for them to slide off
+without being heard. But to pass the lookout without being seen was,
+of course, impossible, and Dave wished that Pete would risk a splash
+rather than an alarm from the sailor. But that wasn’t Pete’s plan.
+
+He led the way straight to the platform. When they were a few feet
+distant the lookout turned slowly, observed them and again turned away.
+But as they still approached he became curious and once more faced them.
+
+“_Was is?_” he growled.
+
+Pete replied with about all the German he knew.
+
+“_Heraus mit!_” said Pete.
+
+Then his fist shot out and up, there was a faint grunt from the lookout
+and he dropped to the curving side of the hull and rolled, like a log,
+into the sea.
+
+“Beat it!” warned Pete. He threw himself down, grasped a protruding
+ring bolt and slid into the water. Dave was only the fraction of a
+second behind. The water was so cold that it took his breath away for
+a moment. Then he heard Pete’s voice again. “This way, Kid! Straight
+back!” Dave followed. The life-vest held him up wonderfully and yet
+left his arms free for swimming. He pulled even with Pete without
+difficulty, and side by side they put the yards between them and the
+submarine. Not a sound had so far come from the lookout, but now,
+behind them there arose a sudden commotion in the water and a wild
+shout of alarm. “Swim hard,” panted Pete. “If they come back for that
+guy they’ll get us sure!”
+
+The sea was calm, with small, choppy waves that splashed their faces.
+Dave was horribly conscious of the moonlight about him and he imagined
+that from the submarine he and Pete must stand out so conspicuously
+that those aboard could not fail to see them. But the submarine was
+attending to other matters and had already drawn well away. The lookout
+continued to cry for help, but when Dave turned to look the U-boat
+still had her stern toward them and was apparently not troubling about
+him. Probably, as they decided afterwards, the officers thought the
+lookout had tumbled overboard and that it would serve him right for his
+clumsiness to let him float around awhile. There was no danger of his
+drowning so long as he had his life-vest inflated.
+
+They swam on and on, as straight away from the submarine and her
+sinking prey as they could direct their strokes, but it wasn’t long
+before it became evident to Dave that Pete was tiring. “I’m――all in,”
+panted the latter presently. “Maybe you’d better go ahead, Kid. No use
+in their getting both of us. I’m a punk swimmer, anyway.”
+
+“Let’s rest awhile,” answered Dave. “I’m tired too.” That wasn’t very
+truthful, for Dave had swam from the time he was old enough to enter
+the water and was not so easily exhausted. “If they decide to come back
+and look for us, they’ll get us anyway. All they’ve got to do is throw
+that searchlight around.”
+
+“All right,” agreed Pete. “We’ll float for a few minutes. Swimmin’ gets
+my wind somethin’ fierce!”
+
+They let themselves go, just paddling enough to keep their heads up.
+The steamship was no longer in the path of the moonlight, and at first
+they couldn’t locate her. Then, however, they did, and saw that she had
+tilted one end well out of water. A single dim light still showed. The
+submarine was not discernible, probably being lost in the shadow of the
+larger craft. Once Dave thought he heard the rattle of oars, but when
+he told Pete, and they both listened hard, no sound reached them save
+the splash of the waves.
+
+“It’ll be daylight in an hour or so, I guess,” said Pete after a short
+silence. “We’d better get at it again, Kid. Come on.”
+
+“Which way shall we go?” asked Dave. “If we knew where the life-boats
+were――”
+
+“Yeah, but we don’t. Best we can do is to get as far away as possible.
+When daylight comes maybe we’ll see something. Say, an ocean’s a mighty
+big body o’ water, ain’t it? Are you wishin’ you was back on the sub,
+Kid?”
+
+“No, I’m not,” answered Dave decisively. “We’re better off here. These
+life-vests will keep us afloat for days, I guess, and we’re certain to
+be seen by some sort of a ship before long. Spending the next year or
+so in a German prison camp didn’t appeal to me a bit, Pete.”
+
+“Same here. This is a big chance we’ve taken, an’ maybe I was a mut to
+get you into it, Kid, but as for myself, why, I’m satisfied so far.
+This water ain’t feelin’ so cold as it did, an’ if only I was a decent
+swimmer I’d have no kick. If I give out, Kid, you beat it along.”
+
+“Yes, I’m likely to,” said Dave. “Which direction is east, Pete?”
+
+“Must be opposite where the moon is goin’ down, or nearly. More that
+way, I guess. Think we’d better set our course east?”
+
+“Well, that’s where the nearest land is, I suppose.”
+
+“Sure, unless we’re a lot closer to Ireland than we know of. All right,
+Kid, let her go! I’m feelin’ fine now.”
+
+Keeping the moon, now well down toward the horizon, over their left
+shoulders, they struck out again, two tiny wisps in a wide, darkening
+world of water.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER X
+
+ DAVE FALLS ASLEEP
+
+
+Time passed. They rested at intervals and, having rested, swam again.
+Gradually the fear of recapture passed. The moon was gone and the
+limitless expanse of ocean was dark and submarine and prey were
+swallowed in the gloom. They talked infrequently, conserving their
+breath for the struggle for life. Always they listened for the sound of
+oars and peered into the gray darkness with straining eyes. The small
+boats from the steamship must be within a few miles, they argued, and
+they longed for daylight. Gradually the eastern sky paled, then flushed
+with rose and the sea became dimly visible in that direction. They
+swam straight for the coming day, not hurriedly, but with slow, even
+strokes that required a minimum of exertion. Pete had got his second
+wind or had discovered a less exhausting way of breathing. Swimming
+with life-vests on was more difficult than had at first appeared, for
+the garments had a tendency to float them too high in the water. Dave
+let some of the air from his, but it didn’t help much. As the sea and
+sky lightened they searched anxiously for boats, but, although now and
+then the crest of a distant wave, darker than others, set their hearts
+leaping, they saw none. Daylight came fast, having once announced
+itself. The western rim of the ocean faded from darkness to dusk,
+from dusk to pearly gray. In the east the tender tint of rose changed
+to yellow and, like a miracle, it was day! The orange rim of the sun
+pushed itself above the horizon’s curve and dyed the tips of the little
+waves with strange metallic colors. A tern cried overhead and swooped
+downward to splash against the water and go beating up again, having
+found its breakfast. But save for the bird, daylight came up over an
+empty world.
+
+“Those boats must have gone in the other direction,” said Dave, as they
+rested again, with the pale sunlight dazzling their eyes with its long
+beams. “But I don’t see why, Pete. The nearest land must be the French
+coast, and that’s eastward.”
+
+“Maybe the Huns sunk the lot of ’em,” replied the other grimly. “That’s
+a favorite trick of theirs.”
+
+“But we’d have heard the guns,” objected Dave. Pete nodded.
+
+“Yeah, that’s so, too. Well, I don’t know much about this part o’ the
+world, Kid. Ain’t there anythin’ but France lyin’ around here?”
+
+“It depends on where we are, of course. I figure that we must be
+somewhere west of France and south of Ireland. Maybe we’re making a
+mistake in swimming east, Pete. Maybe we ought to go north. If we’re
+nearer Ireland――”
+
+“I guess it don’t cut much ice which way we swim,” said Pete. “The best
+we can do is keep afloat. How you feelin’?”
+
+Dave considered a moment. Then: “I’m tired,” he answered. “But I guess
+I’m good for another hour or two’s swimming.”
+
+“I’m not. Besides, what good’s it going to do us, Kid? We’re just as
+likely to get picked up here as two miles away. Best thing for us is
+to take it easy and not get all tuckered. I’m beginnin’ to think we’d
+ought to have stayed where we was, Kid. It don’t look good to me.”
+
+Dave said nothing. It didn’t look good to him, either. It would have
+been very easy for him to have given way to panic just then. But he
+took a grip on himself and once more raised himself from the water
+and stared in all directions over the glinting waves. Something that
+was surely not a green crest caught his attention. It looked to be the
+better part of a mile away, and, having found it, he straightway lost
+it again between the waves. It was fully a minute before it came into
+sight a second time, and he saw that it was, if not actually a boat,
+at least some floating object that promised aid. They made toward it
+with weary muscles. It appeared to be drifting slowly southward, and
+presently they had to alter their course in accordance. Gradually it
+became clearer, and they could determine that it was not a boat, since
+it lay too low in the water. It seemed hours before they at length
+reached it. When they did it resolved itself into a hatch cover some
+eight feet long by six wide. It was painted buff and had a figure 3 in
+one corner in black. It was several minutes before Dave was able to
+pull himself over the edge and lie sprawling on the curved surface.
+Then he reached a hand to Pete, and the latter squirmed, panting hard,
+out of the water. They stretched themselves face down on the wet
+surface and lay there silent and motionless for a long time. The hatch
+made an unquiet raft, for with their weights on it it lay low in the
+sea and tilted and tossed continually. It was never for an instant dry,
+since the waves washed across it, but they had no fault to find with
+it, you may be certain.
+
+I think each of them drowsed a little, with the sunlight warming their
+chilled bodies, and then Dave sat up cautiously and Pete regarded him
+dazedly for a moment and grinned slowly.
+
+“Not so worse, Kid!” he sighed. “A little damp, but Oh, boy!”
+
+“If we could only hoist something, Pete,” said Dave. “I’m afraid we
+don’t show up very plain.”
+
+“There’s nothin’ to hoist and nothin’ to hoist it on. We got to keep
+our eyes peeled an’ when we see a ship we got to stand up, one o’ us,
+an’ wave a shirt. You lie down an’ rest your hands an’ face, Kid, an’
+I’ll be lookout for awhile.”
+
+“No, you’re more tired than I am,” replied Dave. “You go to sleep and
+I’ll do the ‘spotting.’”
+
+Pete demurred at first, but finally consented. “If I roll off, Kid,”
+he muttered, closing tired eyes, “fish me out, but don’t wake me,
+see?” In less than a minute he was snoring deeply, sprawled out on
+his back. Dave, swaying with the short toss of the hatch cover,
+watched for smoke or sail, his own eyes threatening to close every
+moment. The sun climbed higher and higher. His watch had stopped again
+at a little after four, and he had to guess at the time and guessed
+half-past eight. A myriad of tiny black birds swept overheard, rising
+and falling, and disappeared against the blue of the sky. A gray mist
+hid the horizon now, but there were few clouds in sight. After an hour
+or so Pete awoke of his own accord and Dave slept. When he returned to
+consciousness the sun was well overhead.
+
+“You know what’s goin’ to get us, Kid,” observed Pete, soberly, “is
+thirst. I could drink a bucket of water this minute and not know I’d
+had it.”
+
+“Shut up,” said Dave. “I was trying to forget it. How long can a fellow
+go without water, Pete?”
+
+“I don’t know. Seven days, is it? No, that’s a camel. Wish I was one o’
+’em! It’s gettin’ mighty hot, too, Kid. That don’t help much, take it
+from Pete!”
+
+Talk lapsed. Thirst increased as the sun beat more hotly upon them.
+What breeze there was came from the southeast, and was too faint to
+afford much relief. They took turns at lying face-downwards to relieve
+their eyes from the incessant glare and glitter of the dancing waves.
+The afternoon, between two and four, was more intolerable than the
+morning hours. They laved their heads and faces with salt water at
+intervals, or held their wrists under. There was no sleepiness now;
+only a languor that made movement, or even conversation, distasteful.
+After a long, long while their shadows began to lengthen across the
+raft and the breeze strengthened. Their mouths were dry and salty, and
+talking, when they felt any inclination toward it, was difficult. Peter
+said his tongue was getting too big for his mouth.
+
+They searched the horizon continually, but without result. Once a
+faint smudge of something that might possibly have been smoke showed
+against the haze to the west, but it was gone almost before Pete had
+drawn Dave’s attention to it. Shortly before sunset the breeze dwindled
+again to a mere breath. They experienced no hunger, but had queer,
+sharp pains inside them. They were beginning to lose hope of rescue
+now, although neither said so. About eight o’clock Pete dozed off, and
+Dave, feeling very lonely and despondent, sat and watched the shadows
+grow in the hollows of the waves. The change from the extreme heat of
+the sun to the chill of evening made him shiver in his damp clothes. He
+lay down to escape what breeze was stirring and the water that washed
+over the curving surface of the hatch seemed warm in comparison. He
+closed his eyes for an instant and must have slept, for when he awoke,
+startledly, the daylight had almost gone. Pete was leaning above him
+and shaking him hard.
+
+“Wake up, Kid! We’re all right! See who’s here!”
+
+Pete’s words were thick and difficult to make out, but the tone of
+them told enough to make Dave sit up quickly and peer about him in the
+gray twilight. Black against the lingering radiance of the western
+sky, so close that he could hear voices on deck, floated a long, slim
+destroyer, while, halving the distance, was a small boat, heading
+straight toward them.
+
+Dave tried to speak, but for a moment his swollen tongue and dry lips
+made no sound. When he did make himself heard his voice was only a
+mumble.
+
+“Is she――German?” he managed to ask.
+
+“German!” babbled Pete, thickly. “No, sir, she’s good old U. S. A.,
+Kid! And,” he added with an attempted laugh that sounded like a croak
+of a raven, “we’re back home!”
+
+“Back home?” repeated Dave, confusedly.
+
+“Sure! A United States deck’s United States territory, ain’t it? And,
+listen, Kid, there’s water over there! Fine, wet water! Oh, boy!”
+
+Ten minutes later their troubles were over. They were heaped under
+blankets in two narrow bunks and their parched throats had known the
+blessed joy of a few sips of water. A young medical officer with an
+ensign’s grade was in stern authority.
+
+“You can have more presently,” he said. “Keep those blankets up to your
+chin, you freckled face fellow! What’s that? Food? Oho, I guess there’s
+not much the matter with you, then! Yes, you’ll get some broth after a
+while. Now just stow the talk and keep quiet.”
+
+They must have obeyed, for when Dave opened his eyes again the
+destroyer’s engines were clattering and thumping busily and the ship
+was swaying at a fine rate. Some one was playing on an accordion
+further along the deck, and Dave, smiling contentedly, murmured the
+words to the merry tune: “Where do we go from here, boys, where do we
+go from here?” Then:
+
+“Pete!” he called above the clamor of the engines and the creaking of
+the hull.
+
+“Hello?”
+
+“Awake?”
+
+“Sure!”
+
+“How are you feeling?”
+
+“Dry! Hungry, too! I could eat a raw dog!”
+
+“So could I,” answered Dave, and was quite convinced that he meant it.
+“What time is it, do you think?”
+
+“Search me! And I don’t care. But if some guy don’t fetch me
+somethin’――”
+
+“Pour this into your lockers,” said a voice. It was the medical
+officer again, and with him was a man in a soiled white jacket who
+balanced bowls of steaming broth. They ate ravenously――or drank, if you
+prefer――and then were allowed nearly a half cup of water apiece. And
+after that Pete found his voice again.
+
+“Gee, but that was great, sir!” he said. “Do I get any more?”
+
+“Yes, in the morning,” answered the ensign, dryly. “And in the morning
+you can tell me how you came to be floating around the sea on a hatch
+cover, wearing German uniforms!”
+
+“Easy, sir! I’ll tell you all about it now.”
+
+“No, you’ll go to sleep,” laughed the doctor.
+
+“Yes, sir,” answered Pete very obediently. “But will you tell me what
+ship this is that we’re on, please?”
+
+“This is the _Lothrop_. Where did you drop over from?”
+
+“We was on Chaser _944_, sir, an’――”
+
+“The _944_?” exclaimed the ensign. “Why, we convoyed her into
+Queenstown day before yesterday. She’d been in a scrap with a Hun, she
+reported, and was a bit knocked about. Lost her after-house and had
+a hole knocked in her side. Well, we’ll put you back on her in the
+morning, for we’re making Queenstown now. We’ve just picked up Fastness
+Light. Now you’d better go to sleep, the two of you. Good night, boys.”
+
+“Good night, sir, and thank you!”
+
+Presently: “Did you hear that, Dave?” asked Pete.
+
+But there was no answer from the bunk above. Pete chuckled to himself.
+“The Kid’s asleep,” he muttered. “Won’t he be surprised when he wakes
+up an’ sees the little old _944_ lyin’ alongside? Some boat, the little
+old _944_, take it from Pete! Some Kid, too. Plucky little guy. Him
+an’ me showed the Huns a trick, didn’t we, Petey? Huh? An’ we got a lot
+more tricks, too, ain’t we? Sure ... we ... have! Lots ... more....”
+
+Then there was silence in the lower bunk.
+
+
+
+
+ PART II
+
+ SWEEPING THE SEAS
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER I
+
+ ON PATROL
+
+
+The next day Dave and Pete were back on the “little old _944_,” a _944_
+much the worse for wear, but displaying an air of consequence perhaps
+allowable in one who had in a mere handful of days braved destruction
+by the elements and survived two U-boat attacks. Only a few timbers
+indicated the former position of her after-house, the bow gun had been
+wrecked, there was a first-aid patch aft her beam on the starboard
+side, and one of the two small boats resembled a sieve more than
+anything else. There were lesser souvenirs of the engagements, besides,
+in the shape of broken railing, chipped woodwork, and a dented funnel.
+
+There had been six casualties, the boys learned, exclusive of Dave,
+whose wound in the arm was now showing an intention to heal. Stearns
+was ashore in hospital with a fractured leg; one of the after gun
+crew, Malloy, was nursing a wound in his thigh from which a nice
+big piece of shrapnel had been excavated. Chuck Morgan was wearing a
+bandaged head, and there had been three minor injuries to other members
+of the crew. The appearance of Dave and Pete had created a genuine
+sensation. The _Lothrop’s_ boat had taken them across the harbor to
+where the _944_ was lying, awaiting her turn in the dock, and they were
+nearly alongside before those aboard the chaser recognized them. Then
+an audience of incredulous Jackies lined the rail and stared. Only
+the presence in the small boat of a dignified young ensign deterred
+them from audible comments on the miracle. But when Dave and Pete
+had clambered on deck and the _Lothrop’s_ boat had cast off again
+their shipmates swarmed about them and the air was full of questions.
+Even Chuck Morgan, looking, with his bandaged countenance, more than
+ordinarily unamiable, edged toward the group to listen.
+
+Things were very confused for a few minutes, for half a dozen
+full-voiced fellows talked at once, but Dave gathered that he and Pete
+had been given up for good, and that their names had already been
+sent in as “missing.” No one, it seemed, had seen either of the lads
+go overboard, and the supposition was that they had been done for by
+the explosion that had wrecked the after-house. The possibility of
+their having been thrown into the water without being killed had been
+entertained, but no one had thought well of their chances of rescue.
+If being thumped on the back and called perfectly insulting names in
+affectionate tones were indications of cordiality, then Dave and Pete
+were surely welcome. They broke away as soon as possible and reported
+to Lieutenant Cowan. Their appearance in the doorway of the little ward
+room caused the lieutenant’s eyes to stand out and left him speechless
+for the moment.
+
+“Come aboard, sir,” said Pete, saluting and grinning.
+
+“Why――why, hang it, you men; I thought you’d gone!” exclaimed the luff.
+“Where――where’d you come from? What happened to you? Come inside and
+tell your story.”
+
+When they had finished, or, rather, when Dave had finished, for Pete
+left the narrative to him, the lieutenant shook his head helplessly.
+“It doesn’t sound possible, Garson,” he said, “but if you both swear
+to it, why, I’ll have to believe it. You certainly had a run of luck,
+though! What did you think was going to happen to you when you escaped
+from the sub? Were you intending to swim to the Irish coast?”
+
+“I guess we didn’t have any very special plan,” acknowledged Dave. “We
+sort of hoped to get picked up by one of the boats from the steamer,
+but we never saw any of them after we were in the water. The main
+thing, we thought, was to get away. We thought they’d probably put us
+in prison and keep us there for the rest of the war.”
+
+“That’s what would have happened, of course. Thought you’d be of
+more use somewhere else, eh? Well, it was some risk, and you got out
+of a bad place pretty neatly when the _Lothrop_ found you. We got a
+report this morning that two boatloads from the _Indalia_――that’s the
+freighter they sank――were brought into Ventry last evening. About forty
+in all. There’s a third boatful still to hear from. Now tell me about
+that sub. How big do you think she was?”
+
+The boys answered the lieutenant’s questions for a good quarter of an
+hour before he released them, and their replies were jotted down on a
+sheet of paper and ultimately found their way up the hill to Admiralty
+headquarters. They were on their way out when the lieutenant stopped
+them. “By the way, Rooney,” he said, “there’s just one thing more.”
+
+“Yes, sir?”
+
+“The next time a man goes overboard and you see him, if it’s during
+action you’re not to go after him. That’s not the game, my lad. Drop
+a life-buoy and report ‘man overboard’ to the officer of the deck,
+but that’s all. Your duty’s to stick to your station. Remember that
+hereafter. You, too, Garson. Attempting a rescue is fine, manly
+stuff, but it’s contrary to regulations. You are a necessary unit on
+your ship. When you leave your station you are interfering with the
+successful conduct of the ship. In time of action that is ordinarily
+inexcusable. To put it bluntly, men, it is better to lose one man by
+drowning than to have a second man away from his station. If the ship
+is not in action or preparing for action this does not apply. At such
+times the attempt to rescue a companion is permissible and commendable.
+You are still a new man, Rooney, and I shall overlook your――mistake.
+But――another time, remember! That’s all. Oh, by the way, get out of
+those German togs as soon as you can and sink them in the harbor!”
+
+“Well, what do you know about that?” asked Pete when they were out of
+hearing. “Called down for tryin’ to save another ‘gob’ from drownin’!”
+
+“I guess he’s quite right, though,” said Dave. “What happens to one man
+doesn’t much matter, Pete. It’s the ship we’ve got to keep in mind.”
+
+“Huh! I wonder would he say the same if it was him that went overboard?”
+Pete sniffed. “Well, he’s the boss. Let’s get out o’ these dirty German
+uniforms before some one shoots us for spies!”
+
+Later they told their story to their shipmates, this time Pete rendering
+the narrative and doing it much more picturesquely than Dave could have.
+The story lost nothing in the telling, and there were times when Dave
+had to look away for fear that his expression might cause the audience
+to doubt the truthfulness of the yarn. Not that Pete departed far from
+facts, however, for the most that he did was embroider his tale, and so
+make it slightly more colorful and absorbing. Perhaps it didn’t matter
+much, in any case, for few of their fellows believed more than half of
+what they were told.
+
+Dave and Pete remained heroes for several days, and Pete was called on
+so frequently to spin the story of their capture, imprisonment and
+escape, that ultimately the story resembled the original narrative
+only in its underlying structure. On shore he was a welcome addition
+to all gatherings because of the yarn he could spin. The _944_ went
+into dock two days after they rejoined her, and remained there most
+of a week. Even then she was not ready for duty, since a new bow gun
+was wanting and was slow in making its appearance. The Old Man and the
+junior officer growled impatiently, and watched with frowning brows
+the destroyers and chasers come and go. But the men, for the most
+part, were well enough satisfied with the entertainment afforded by
+Queenstown, especially since the “gobs” from other ships, returning
+from their six-day periods of sea duty, reported a discouraging
+dearth of German submarines. Dave and Pete saw all that was to be
+seen of Queenstown and the nearby countryside, read home papers,
+and wrote letters in the Y. M. C. A. hut, witnessed several games
+of baseball――there was keen rivalry between various ships for the
+supremacy of the make-shift diamond――and mingled with the men of other
+ships, British and French, as well as American. Queenstown harbor that
+summer was a busy place, with cruisers, destroyers, sweepers, mine
+layers, and patrols coming and going at all hours, and a world of
+activity ashore consequent on turning a sleepy old port, rimmed with
+emerald green hills, into a modern naval base.
+
+Life was not all liberty ashore, however, for the _944_ had to have a
+new dress when her repairs were finished, and Dave learned how to wield
+a paint brush with a fair degree of skill. Finally, one showery summer
+afternoon the _944_ snuggled up to a quay and a new three-inch gun was
+lowered aboard and secured to the bow platform, and Lieutenant Cowan
+and Ensign Hyatt smiled their satisfaction, and the crew, weary by now
+of the soft ease of life in port, smiled also. And the next morning
+the _944_ weighed anchor and dropped down the harbor, past the forts,
+picked her way daintily through the hidden perils of mine fields and
+left Roberts Head astern.
+
+The _944_ carried two new men, in place of Groom and Stearns, and a
+number of queer looking steel cylinders which had been lowered aboard
+very respectfully and stored in the after-house. On the _944_ they
+referred to them as “ash cans,” which they greatly resembled, but they
+were in reality depth charges containing some two hundred and fifty
+pounds of the high explosive familiarly known as “T N T” and cunningly
+arranged to explode under water at a certain depth and calculated to
+vastly incommode a submarine within a given radius. These depth charges
+and a fine array of ammunition for the guns made the after-house a most
+undesirable habitation during an action, and it was generally agreed by
+the crew of the after gun that while it might serve well enough as a
+shelter in time of peace, in time of battle it was not likely to prove
+popular.
+
+The two new members of the crew were both “rubber socks,” which means
+that they were inexperienced men on their first sea duty. Both, too,
+were reservists, and held seamen’s rating. At that time your regular
+navy man looked down rather condescendingly on the naval reservist, to
+put it mildly. Since then the latter has proved himself very thoroughly
+and the regular accords him respect. But in that first summer of our
+war with Germany members of the naval reserve had a rather hard row to
+hoe, and the new recruits aboard the _944_, who had journeyed across
+in the steerage of a transport, were no exceptions, although in their
+case their troubles didn’t last long. They were both youngsters. Dill,
+speedily nicknamed “The Pickle,” was short and rotund, with a round,
+good-natured countenance, a hundred and eighty pounds of guileless
+amiability. Carter was taller and far from stout, with a long, lean
+face and a down-east drawl. His overshirt sleeves were too short for
+his arms, which gave him an overgrown appearance, to which an unusually
+long neck contributed.
+
+The _944_ was out of sight of land toward evening, jumping about in a
+choppy sea, and Carter was groaning unhappily in his upper bunk. Dill
+was a better sailor, however, and took his “chow” with the rest of
+his watch. He was inclined to be a little bit too sociable, I think,
+a little bit too self-assured. It was only his way of letting his new
+messmates know that he was ready to be friends, but it didn’t make a
+good impression. He was viewed with pitying contempt at first, but as
+that failed to have its effect, Kennedy gave him a hint.
+
+“Say, Jack, no offense, but if I was you I’d feed my face and not try
+to lead the conversation.”
+
+“Why, I wasn’t,” disclaimed Dill, coloring. “What’s wrong with what I
+said?”
+
+“Nothing, I guess; but why say it? You amateurs are all right, but
+you want to come in slow; see? Don’t rush it. You’re a reservist,
+ain’t you?” The other nodded stiffly. “All right. Then when you’ve got
+anything to say, reserve it. Get me?”
+
+Dill closed up tight then and looked rather unhappy, while the rest of
+the mess smiled――all, perhaps, save Dave, who felt sorry for the new
+chap. He had the enlisted man’s usual contempt for “amateur gobs” as
+they were called, but he wouldn’t have thought of showing it. Besides,
+there was something likable about Dill, and Dave surmised that much of
+his apparent ease of manner was assumed to hide a very natural feeling
+of embarrassment. After chow Dave sought him out and proceeded to get
+acquainted.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER II
+
+ THE NEW “GOB”
+
+
+At first Dill, still smarting under Kennedy’s squelching, was
+suspicious, but presently he thawed out and they got on famously. As
+near as Dave could determine from Dill’s story, the latter had entered
+the Naval Reserve principally because he hadn’t wanted to return to
+college in the fall.
+
+“I didn’t do very well last year,” he confided, “and I’d have had to
+make up two studies if I’d gone back. Besides, I’m no ‘grind,’ anyway.
+Haven’t enough brain, I suppose. So when this thing broke loose I put
+it up to my dad. Showed him I’d be more use ‘strafing’ Germans than
+faking along for a college degree. He said he guessed I was right.
+Said he understood it didn’t take much brain to shoot a gun and that I
+might make quite a success of it. Of course, he wanted me to enter the
+army. Was keen on having me go to Plattsburg, you know, and learn how
+to polish a sword. But, gee, I’d make a peach of an officer, wouldn’t
+I? So I heard about the reserves and hiked down to Newport. They gave
+me the once over and said ‘Come right along in.’ Dad was mad at first.
+Said he didn’t want me to be a common sailor, and a lot like that. I
+told him I guessed I’d be a rather uncommon sailor, not knowing whether
+salt water was something to gargle with or to put in your eye, and he
+finally came around. I had two months of it at the Newport Station, and
+it was all to the merry. There were some fine lads there. Then they
+shipped a bunch of us to New London, where we bunked on a wharf and
+made steel nets. I was there about ten days when they yanked a lot of
+us away and shipped us over here on a transport. We were told we were
+to fill vacancies on the destroyers, and I was crazy to get on one of
+’em, but I lost out. Still, this isn’t bad. I dare say that I’ll see
+just as much fun on this boat as on a destroyer, eh?”
+
+“I think you may,” agreed Dave. “Did the other chap come over with you?”
+
+“Carter? Yes. I didn’t know him, though. Never really noticed the chap
+until we landed on the dock here yesterday. He says he was at the
+station when I was, but I don’t remember him. Guess I’ll go and see if
+I can do anything for him. He’s horribly sick, poor fellow.”
+
+“I’ll go along,” said Dave. “Seasickness doesn’t seem to bother you
+much.”
+
+“Me? No, I’ve never been sick yet. I read once that you had to have
+imagination in order to be seasick. Don’t know if it’s so, but I never
+did have any imagination and I’ve never been sick; and there you are!”
+
+They found some half dozen men in the fo’c’sle, among them Chuck
+Morgan. One or two were reading, but the others were listening to
+Chuck and appeared to be amused at his remarks. As Dave and his new
+acquaintance entered Chuck was holding forth as follows:
+
+“Yes, sir, there’s nothing better than a fine mess of salt pork and
+greens for seasickness. There’s something about ’em that just reaches
+the spot. You take a fine big chunk of pork, good and fat, fellers, and
+you put it in a kettle with some water and you let it boil slowly. When
+there’s about a half an inch of grease floating around on top the water
+you put in your greens and you boil the whole mess for about two hours.
+Then you slap a lot of the greens on a plate and cut off three or four
+slices of nice juicy fat pork and you get some one to hold your head
+up for you――”
+
+Chuck was interrupted by a heart-rending groan from the upper bunk
+behind him. He grinned broadly and winked at the audience.
+
+“――And then you take one of those nice fat slices of greasy pork,” he
+continued, “and sort of chew on it――”
+
+“Cut it!” Dill pushed his way around the table and confronted Chuck
+with blazing eyes. “You big slab-sided, wall-eyed, knock-kneed giraffe,
+you! You pin-head! You vitrified lump of paleolithic pulp! Just open
+your dirty mouth again, you button-eyed Swede, and I’ll bust you square
+open! You’ve got a cheek, anyhow, sitting up and making sounds like a
+man, you lacertilian skunk! You ought to be climbing a tree in a glass
+case, with a label on, you stuffed anthropoid ape! What do you mean by
+getting out and running loose? Back to the museum, you!”
+
+Chuck Morgan’s face was a study. Blank amazement passed into a sort of
+awe as Dill rained words on him without pause. His mouth dropped slowly
+open and he gazed up at the fluent youngster in silent, fascinated
+bewilderment, as yet too stupefied to be angry. As Dill ended, more
+for want of breath than lack of words, there was a brief instant of
+silence. Then a veritable howl of laughter arose in the fo’c’sle, in
+which Dave joined. Then Chuck’s mouth closed, a flood of red flamed
+into his lean, sallow face, and he jumped to his feet, overturning the
+bench.
+
+“Who you calling an ape?” he demanded. He towered over Dill by six
+inches, but the recruit held his ground, paying no heed to the big,
+clenched hand that Chuck swung back menacingly.
+
+“You, you arboreal quadrumane! And I’m paying you a compliment,
+too! Put that arm down or I’ll break it! You can’t scare me, you
+apotheosized protoplasm! You know what you are? Well, you’re a newt, a
+plain, ordinary newt! You’re not even a gecko! Just a newt!”
+
+That was too much for Chuck. With a roar of rage he flung himself on
+Dill. “Newt, am I?” he shrieked. “I’ll show you――”
+
+What happened next was as extraordinary as it was unexpected. Chuck
+went backward over the overturned bench and landed with a shock that
+for the moment deprived him of the powers of speech or action. Dill
+jumped nimbly after and shook a stern finger above his prostrate foe.
+“Yes, sir, a newt!” he declared triumphantly. “An aquatic-tailed,
+amphibian newt! And don’t you deny it! Don’t you open your mouth to
+deny it! Don’t even think of it! You’re a common garden newt, always
+was, and always will be! Just newt! That’s you, just newt!”
+
+The onlookers were holding their sides now, and the little fo’c’sle was
+noisy with laughter as Chuck, visibly shaken and perplexed by what had
+happened to him, slowly climbed to his feet and subsided on the edge of
+a bunk. He stared gloweringly at Dill, but there was profound respect
+in his gaze. Then, sensing the ridicule in the laughter, he snarled at
+the others:
+
+“Oh, shut up,” he growled. “I’ll fix this kid all right, and I’ll fix
+you guys if you laugh at me! He’s crazy, he is!” He observed Dill
+again, wonderingly. “He――he don’t talk sense! But I’ll get him, see if
+I don’t!” Chuck arose stiffly and made his way around the further side
+of the table, his eyes furtively watching Dill. “No one can call me a
+newt and get away with it!”
+
+“Don’t you dare say you aren’t!” thundered the youngster, shaking a
+finger across the fo’c’sle. “Can you look me in the eye and deny it?
+You can’t do it! You’ve got every mark of a newt! Look at those ears!
+Look at that nose!” Dill’s voice arose triumphantly. “Look at those
+feet! Newt’s feet! Newt’s feet, by jiminy!”
+
+“Aw, shut up, you――you――” Chuck’s voice positively wailed, but the
+right epithet failed him and he launched himself up the companion-way
+with incoherent sounds of rage. A broad smile enveloped Dill’s round
+countenance and he chuckled. Briggs, rubbing a sleeve across his
+streaming eyes, said chokingly: “Jack, you’re all right! After this you
+talk all you want to, ’cause you’ve certainly got the knack of it! I
+wouldn’t have missed Chuck’s face for a million dollars!”
+
+“Yes, but say, kid, what did you do to him?” asked another. “You didn’t
+hit him, did you?”
+
+“No, I just gave him a leg,” replied Dill, modestly. “I used to wrestle
+a bit in college.”
+
+After that night The Pickle had no more troubles. And, since he let
+it be understood that Carter was a particular crony of his, no more
+did the second new member of the _944’s_ crew. Carter recovered from
+his illness the next day and, while he still looked extremely pale and
+shuddered at sight of the morning beans and bacon, was able to go on
+duty. Chuck Morgan let The Pickle severely alone, but he was frequently
+seen observing the youngster surreptitiously in a puzzled way that
+showed he had not lost interest in him. No one aboard took Chuck very
+seriously, but Kennedy advised Dill to keep his eyes open. “He’s not
+likely to stand up to you, Pickle, but he might drop a cartridge box on
+your foot, or some little joke like that. He was asking me yesterday
+what a newt was.” Kennedy chuckled. “I didn’t tell him because I didn’t
+know. What is it?”
+
+Dill explained and Kennedy looked disappointed. “Is that all?” he
+asked. “Well, Chuck thinks it’s something pretty fierce, I guess. He
+didn’t seem to mind the other things you called him, but ‘newt’ got
+right under his skin. I saw him looking at his feet to-day, too,”
+laughed Kennedy.
+
+Dave liked Dill――his whole name it seemed was Robert Dunham Dill――and
+for a day or two Pete was strangely taciturn and moody. What his
+trouble was only appeared when he referred to Dill contemptuously as
+“your friend, the Rah-rah Boy.” It dawned on Dave then that Pete was
+jealous, and he set about working him out of it. But Pete was not to
+be placated at once and it was another day or two before he returned
+to good humor. Even then, however, he refused to accept The Pickle on
+a friendly footing, and showed a tendency to pick a quarrel with that
+youth on almost any provocation. Matters reached a head on the fourth
+day of the _944’s_ sea duty.
+
+Dill had several times amused the men by showing tricks of wrestling.
+He was very modest of his prowess and had to be coaxed a bit before he
+would perform. Then, with one or another of the men as adversary, he
+showed various holds and always deposited the opponent neatly on his
+back on the fo’c’sle deck when the time came. On the occasion mentioned
+nine or ten of the “gobs” were looking on, amongst them Pete and
+Dave. Briggs had managed to stave off defeat for the better part of a
+minute, but was eventually landed, to the huge delight of the audience.
+Whereupon Pete pushed forward.
+
+“Come on, Percy,” he challenged. “Try me. I ain’t no Zbyszko, but I
+might show you a trick at that.”
+
+Dill viewed Pete doubtfully, aware of the latter’s unfriendliness.
+
+“What’s the matter?” sneered Pete. “Ain’t scared, are you?”
+
+Dill shook his head. “No, but this is fun, and you don’t sound as
+though you wanted fun.”
+
+“Sure, I want fun,” replied Pete, grinning. “I won’t hurt you, son.
+Come on an’ show me some o’ them pretty tricks.”
+
+“All right,” answered Dill quietly, “if you insist.”
+
+“Yeah, that’s me, Mister Insist,” said Pete flippantly. “Everything
+goes, eh?”
+
+Dill’s eyes narrowed, but he nodded. “Just as you like. Ready?”
+
+They circled for a moment in the narrow space of the fo’c’sle deck,
+eyeing each other warily. Then. Pete sprang in and they grappled.
+The audience was quite impartial and for a minute, while the two
+struggled for holds, they applauded first one and then the other. Pete
+was outweighed by The Pickle, but he soon showed himself a difficult
+problem for the latter. Twice Dill tried a fall only to have Pete
+squirm free. Then, locked again, heaving and panting, they struggled
+without advantage to either for a long two minutes. At last, though,
+Dill fairly lifted Pete from his feet, and they crashed together to
+the deck, Dill on top. But Pete had managed to land on one hip, and
+now, like a human eel, he squirmed over on his face in spite of the
+other’s grasp. Twice Dill had him nearly over, but each time Pete
+pried himself back. The third effort succeeded, however, and Pete was
+being remorselessly flattened, when a shout of protest arose from the
+watchers.
+
+“Foul there, Pete!” “Quit gouging!” “Cut out the rough stuff!”
+
+But Pete, his right hand in Dill’s face, only grinned. Dill strove to
+pull his head away from the fingers that were clutching at eyes and
+nose, but failed. Then: “Don’t do that,” he panted.
+
+“Why not?” answered Pete. “You said――everything went!”
+
+“All right!” Dill’s response was heard only by his antagonist. But
+the others saw The Pickle come nimbly to his knees with arching back.
+Pete’s hold broke. Before he knew what was to happen he found himself
+turned heels-over-head, and he came slamming to the deck like a bag of
+potatoes and with a suddenness and force that bewildered him for just
+the fraction of time needed by Dill. Down came that youth with all his
+one hundred and eighty pounds, and Pete’s body lay flat with the deck,
+both shoulders and hips down.
+
+A roar of applause greeted the victory, and Dill sprang to his feet.
+The marks of Pete’s fingers were still on his face, and unconsciously
+he put a hand up to his nose. But he was smiling quite amiably as Pete
+arose. Knowing Pete’s quick temper, the audience waited for an outbreak
+from that youth. But Pete only pulled his neckerchief into place in
+silence.
+
+“Try again?” asked Dill good-humoredly.
+
+Pete shook his head, while one of his slow grins came over his freckled
+countenance. “I got enough,” he said. “You win, bo. That was some toss,
+take it from Pete. An’, say, if I hurt your face I’m sorry, see! Where
+I learned what I know about wrestlin’ you can do anything you want to
+short o’ usin’ a knife! That all right?”
+
+“Sure!” agreed Dill. “It was fair. I agreed to it. If you had a bit
+more weight, friend, you’d be a mighty good wrestler.”
+
+“Yeah, I’d be a wonder,” agreed Pete. “But some time you got to show
+me how you flipped me over, son. That was too quick for me to take any
+notes!”
+
+“All right,” laughed Dill. “Any time you like.”
+
+“I guess he ain’t so bad,” announced Pete that night to Dave. “Any guy
+that can keep his temper when he’s bein’ gouged is some lad. An’ he
+sure is some boy at that mat game, take it from Pete!”
+
+After that The Pickle became one of them and the three hung very close
+together. Sometimes Carter, now known amongst his mates as “Yank,” made
+a fourth, but Carter never quite fitted into the small circle for some
+reason. Meanwhile I have got far ahead of my story, for all this time
+the _944_ has been bucking the seas around “50-10,” and in the Summer
+of 1917 no patrol could do that for long without scaring up some sort
+of an adventure!
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER III
+
+ “CLEAR FOR ACTION!”
+
+
+In August, although the United States was sending across destroyers and
+chasers as fast as they came from the ways or could be made from craft
+taken over from private ownership, the Allied patrol fleet in British
+and French waters was still woefully small for the work it had to
+perform. It was not until late in the following winter that it reached
+proportions measurable with its task. With several thousand square
+miles of sea to be constantly swept for enemy submarines and mines,
+troopships and freighters to be convoyed and a sharp watch kept on
+neutral shipping, the patrol fleet had its hands full. As a consequence
+many tiny boats all too frail for the duty imposed on them did heroic
+work that summer all the way from the Shetlands down to the Bay of
+Biscay, and when the history of the war is written some of the biggest
+feats will be credited to the smallest craft.
+
+An area roughly triangular in shape containing approximately 170,000
+square miles of sea was the territory assigned to the United States
+flotilla under Admiral Sims. This area was plotted into squares and to
+each square was allotted one or more patrol units whose duty it was to
+guard the ocean contained within its imaginary sides. At the beginning
+British and French ships performed fully half of the work there, but as
+the United States increased her flotilla the Allies withdrew gradually,
+leaving more and more of the sea to the American light cruisers,
+destroyers and chasers. But in midsummer the area assigned to one pair
+of patrol boats was discouragingly large and getting in touch with an
+enemy submarine was more a matter of luck than good management. The
+patrols spent usually six days at sea and then returned to port for
+three. At all times when on duty each patrol was under orders of the
+flagship of the division, and only special duty put her “on her own.”
+
+Find Black Ball Head, on the southwest coast of Ireland, on your atlas
+and follow straight south on the line of the tenth degree of longitude
+for slightly over a hundred miles and you will have reached one corner
+of that square of tumbling gray-green water assigned to the _944_. A
+hundred and seventy miles eastward lie the Scilly Islands; beyond, the
+entrance to the English Channel. Northward, nearing the Irish coast,
+the ocean bottom rises and in those shallow waters an ordinary gale
+raises a considerable rumpus. While there are many days when the ocean
+around “50-10” is as still and calm as an inland lake, there are many,
+many more when it is a tumbling welter in which a small craft pitches
+and tosses all ways at once.
+
+For three days the _944_ encountered a choppy sea, with alternate
+cloud and sunshine and early morning mists. Then the wind died and
+shifted half-way around the compass, and a smiling ocean, as blue
+as the Mediterranean and as peaceful as a mill-pond, greeted Dave’s
+waking eyes. Scrubbing deck that morning was a delight. The chaser
+merely courtesied to the waves, the sunlight danced on the water, and
+the southerly breeze, scarcely more than a zephyr, whispered of sunny
+Spain. Dave, bare of foot, with up-rolled trousers and not over-clean
+dungaree, dropped his bucket over the side and whistled gayly as he
+lifted it, full and splashing, above the rail. Being alive on such a
+morning was a veritable adventure of itself. From the galley came the
+heartening odor of coffee, an odor that, somehow, on shipboard will
+follow a hungry sailor from billet-head to taffrail and even up to the
+crow’s nest. Cleaning deck didn’t take long on the _944_, for there
+wasn’t much of it, and in a short time Dave was below doing valiant
+work with knife and fork. For once the mess table was down and usable
+and morning chow was eaten in quite a Christian manner. One could fill
+an aluminum cup almost full and not lose half the contents between
+spigot and mouth. Spirits were high this morning and appetites amazing.
+
+At seven Dave climbed the shrouds and snuggled himself in the gray
+canvas cylinder above the bridge, relieving a hungry lookout to the joy
+of coffee, bacon and potatoes. In all directions empty sea rewarded
+Dave’s attention. The sun was well above the rim of the world and the
+dancing waves caught its rays and flashed them about like so many tiny
+mirrors. Small birds sped close to the laughing surface, peep-peeping
+as they passed, and presently three playful dolphins dashed across the
+bow, bringing a gasp to Dave’s lips and a spasm to his heart. A dolphin
+appearing so without warning suggests just one thing, and Dave’s lips
+were already forming the word “_Torpedo!_” when his second thought
+whispered “Dolphin!” They kept the chaser company for longer than
+Dave’s trick in the cage, cork-screwing along without apparent effort,
+up and down, in and out, keeping their relative places as absolutely as
+though on exhibition drill. It may be that dolphins have their troubles
+in private, but to watch them one would never suspect it. No denizen of
+air or water appears so joyous and care-free.
+
+An hour aloft, during which not so much as a distant smoke smudge
+marred the oyster-gray sky above the horizon, and Dave slid down again
+and found Pete and shared a half cake of chocolate in the after-house.
+Then came gun drill and when the canvas jacket was once more around
+Betsy Ann’s slender form the forenoon was half gone. Why the stern gun
+was called Betsy Ann no one seemed to know any more than why the bow
+gun was called The Colonel. Guns, like dogs, must have their names.
+Later Dave was curled up in the sun perusing a torn two pages of a
+month old New York newspaper which fluttered gayly in the breeze that
+roamed around the corner of the wheel-house. The _944_ was loafing
+along at twelve knots and her engines hardly more than purred through
+the open hatch. The splash of waves against the slim bow was soothing
+and sleepy. So quiet was the scene that when Mallory, radio man, put
+his head out of the tiny hutch and warbled something about his little
+gray home in the west Dave jumped alarmedly. Then Mallory’s song ceased
+abruptly and his shock head disappeared from sight and Dave heard the
+_spit-spit-spat_ of the sparks again. A few seconds later a slip of
+paper was borne upward to the bridge and the _944_ sprang into activity.
+
+“S O S,” explained Briggs, straight from the wardroom. “American cargo
+boat fighting off a sub over there.” He waved an arm westward. “We’re
+going to have a look-see, Kid. Down on your marrow-bones and pray we
+get there before the fun’s over!”
+
+“How far away is she?” asked Dave eagerly.
+
+“A hundred and something. I didn’t get that. There she roars!”
+
+Briggs listened approvingly to the increasing hum of the engines and
+cocked an eye funnel-ward. The smoke was coming heavier now, blacker
+and greasier. The _944_ was swinging about and the waves were spraying
+the forward deck. Eighteen knots――nineteen knots――and the chaser was
+off on her mission of rescue. In the wireless hutch Mallory had ticked
+off an answer:
+
+“With you in five hours. Don’t surrender.”
+
+Twenty minutes later the _Agawam_ spoke again: “Please hurry. Enemy has
+range. Shells falling alongside. Course E N E.”
+
+“It’s dollars to collar-studs,” observed Kennedy fretfully, “that some
+one else will get there first. Rotten luck, I say, to raise your first
+sub a hundred and fifteen miles away.”
+
+“It isn’t our first,” denied Farrel, shellman.
+
+“First since we’ve been on patrol, I mean. Stands to reason there’s
+patrols nearer than we are. We’ll fetch up a couple of hours too late.”
+
+“And a good thing, too,” offered another. “A swell chance we’ve got
+with these three-inch pistols against the five-point-nines the Huns
+have! They can knock us into a cocked hat twenty minutes before we get
+the range.”
+
+“Don’t worry,” said Kennedy. “They don’t all have those 15 centimeter
+guns. Only the big ‘fishes.’ Anyway we can outshoot ’em. Just give me a
+sight of a Fritz and I’ll bet a month’s pay that old Betsy Ann’ll have
+something to say to ’em!”
+
+Mallory’s inquiry, “What’s the good word?”, flashed into the air
+shortly after eight bells, brought no answer, and gloom descended on
+ward room and fo’c’sle. There was but one explanation, which was that
+the _Agawam_ had been very thoroughly “strafed” by the submarine. But
+there might be small boats to seek and, in any case, the _944’s_ duty
+was to hike along at her best speed, which was twenty-three ordinarily,
+but to-day, in a calm sea, was nearly a mile better. Chow was eaten
+rather perfunctorily and was interrupted with much discussion. None of
+them all was very hopeful. All agreed that it was a wild-goose chase
+they were on, with mighty little hope of even glimpsing the goose, and
+yet, when at shortly after 2 o’clock the foretop lookout called down:
+“Smoke dead ahead!” dejection was forgotten. They flocked to points
+of vantage, atop the boats, onto the railing, anywhere to lift their
+vision over the curve of the sea. But for long minutes only the man in
+the cage saw what he babbled of. “Black smoke, sir!” ... “Making east,
+north-east!” ... “Might be fire, sir! A lot of it!” The lieutenant
+poised impatient glasses to his eyes and waited. Then the cloud became
+visible from the deck, and――
+
+“Large steamer, sir, afire for’ard!” shouted the lookout.
+
+“Can you see the enemy?” called the Old Man.
+
+“No, sir, not visible.” Then, after a long minute: “Enemy spotted, sir!
+Can see the flash of her gun about half a mile south of the steamer.”
+
+“Clear for action!” called the lieutenant.
+
+Up rose the fleeing steamer above the horizon, smoke clouds pouring
+back for leagues against the sky; masts, then funnels and, at last,
+long, dark hull. Glasses showed her plainly now. Through the brown
+haze of smoke pinkish flashes showed at times. The _Agawam_ was still
+fighting bravely as she fled. Six miles lay between now. The Old Man
+looked despairingly at the telltale trail of smoke that flattened
+out from the _944’s_ funnel. No hope of low visibility with that
+advertisement above them! Below decks the engines raved and roared
+and a flood of hot, oil-laden air issued gustily from the engine room
+hatch and poisoned the deck. On the bridge the officers stood silent,
+eyes glued to binoculars, legs astraddle, one hand on the rail with
+knuckles showing white. Dave, lugging cartridge cases back to Betsy
+Ann, silently prayed for the impossible. Kennedy was muttering as he
+swung the gun around until its length almost paralleled the chaser’s
+rail. The shell was in and the breech closed, but the lucky beggars
+for’ard would get the first chance. Four depth charges trudged out on
+the trucks, cards to be left in case the callers arrived too late.
+
+“Bow gun,” was the call. “Ready down there?”
+
+“Ready, sir!”
+
+Into the voice tube then: “After gun. Are you ready?”
+
+“Ready, sir!”
+
+Silence and suspense. The distance was four miles now, but rapidly
+lessening. The submarine was showing flashes as her deck guns spat,
+the steamer fluttering signals and running her best of fourteen miles.
+Brown smoke was oozing from the forward hold or thereabouts and
+writhing back and down to hang in long, streaming clouds above the
+sunlit sea. Three miles! Then two! And the enemy paying as yet no heed
+to the interloper charging straight toward her. And now barely a mile
+intervened. Chaser, steamer and submarine made the three points of a
+triangle. The lookout warned: “They’re sighting on us, sir!” Far ahead
+a column of water splashed in the sunlight.
+
+The Old Man raised his straining hand from the rail beside him and
+lowered his glasses.
+
+“Commence firing,” he said.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IV
+
+ THE HUN SHOWS HIS TEETH
+
+
+The Colonel barked and a three-inch shell sped across the water to
+where the U-boat was curving the waves from her knife-like bow in
+stern pursuit of the freighter. The shot was far short, though. Nor
+was the shell with which the submarine returned the compliment any
+more successful, for it struck the water well ahead of the _944_ and
+went ricochetting harmlessly past. Then the submarine showed her
+teeth. Around went her stern and she swept down toward the chaser, a
+twelve-foot target now instead of a hundred-odd, her one gun firing
+fast as the _944’s_ course brought that craft nearly broadside on. But
+that was only for an instant, for then the chaser’s helm went over,
+too, and the boats drew near on opposite courses.
+
+“Four thousand yards!” announced the bridge. And then: “Port your
+helm! Port! Steady!” Aft, Dave, watching with fast-beating heart, knew
+what the lieutenant had in mind to do, and instinctively his hand
+went out for something to hold to. But, although the maneuver was well
+planned and well timed, the distance was too great, and the U-boat
+slewed around, and the _944_, hoping to ram, slid harmlessly past. Not
+harmlessly, either, for bow and after gun were busy, and for one short
+moment the target lay before them point-blank.
+
+There was a rending crash as the Betsy Ann scored and the sloping
+wave-breaker forward of the conning tower melted from sight, taking
+ventilating pipe with it. Dave saw one sailor throw his arms in air,
+stagger, fall and roll from sight. A second sank to his knees and
+reached gropingly for the deck. Then the conning tower intervened, for
+the U-boat was making away, stern-on, pursued by the chaser’s fire.
+
+“Got her!” Kennedy shouted triumphantly. “Got her! Quick with that
+shell!”
+
+[Illustration: “Got her!” Kennedy shouted triumphantly]
+
+“Yeah, but she’s not much hurt,” said Pete. “She’ll go down now, take
+it from Pete! What did I tell you?”
+
+The _944_ was turning on her heel in pursuit, but the submarine had
+had enough. She was no match for the chaser in speed, even though, as
+German submarines went, she was small and fast, and she recognized
+the fact at last. The Colonel was spouting the spray around her and
+there was one shot that seemed as if it must have been an underwater
+hit, and then the conning tower lessened in height above the waves,
+the stern lifted and, like a gray turtle sliding off a log, the U-boat
+went under. One last shot from The Colonel and the gun fire aboard the
+chaser ceased. But she still had a card to play, and at the rail the
+little crane was already swinging its burden outboard. Straight over
+the swirl of the submerging U-boat shot the _944_. There was a splash
+as the depth charge struck the water. The _944_ picked up her skirts
+and fled, and from her wake, a hundred yards astern, a great column of
+green and sudsy water shot twenty feet in air, hung an instant and fell
+in a sunlit cascade of foam. Around on her heel again came the chaser.
+Over went a second charge. Again the water columned upward. Twice more,
+and then, circling slowly, the _944_ sought signs of victory.
+
+Foam and bubbles alone marked the site of the explosions, and
+disappointment was audible along the deck. Then one of the men called
+attention to streaks of oil at a little distance, and a cheer broke
+forth. But triumph was short-lived, for the lieutenant called down
+from the bridge: “That’s only shell ‘slick,’ boys. She got away.” He
+turned to the engine room telegraph, and the _944_ picked up her feet
+again and made after the _Agawam_, now some two miles distant.
+
+“What is shell ‘slick’?” asked Dave of Kennedy.
+
+“Oil from the gas of an exploding shell,” was the answer. “If it bursts
+on the water or near it, it always leaves an oily smudge. In target
+practice we can generally tell where the shot’s gone by the ‘slick.’ I
+don’t know if these depth bombs would send up oil, but I should think
+they might. Half the yarns you hear about subs being destroyed are
+just bunk. There’s some oil floating around on the surface, and a lot
+of bubbles, and the other fellow shakes hands with himself and reports
+that he’s sunk a Fritz. Like as not the oil was from his own shells and
+the bubbles are just the bubbles that always rise when anything sinks
+carrying air with it. I used to believe all those yarns, but you’ve got
+to show me more than a smudge of oil and a few bubbles now.”
+
+“Then you think we missed her, too?” asked Dave, disappointedly.
+
+“Don’t think; I know. But at that, I’ll bet she got an awful jar when
+that T N T went off down there! Wouldn’t wonder if the boss’s mustache
+cup was knocked off the sideboard and all bust to pieces!”
+
+They kept a sharp lookout, hoping against hope that the U-boat would
+come back and again try conclusions, or that a “pal”――for it is very
+generally believed that German submarines never operate alone――would
+take up the gauntlet. But the episode appeared to be closed, for they
+reached the steamer, which had now stopped her engines in response to
+the chaser’s signals, without seeing anything more of the foe. The
+_Agawam_ had fared rather badly. She was a big cargo boat of some 5,000
+tons displacement and from her depth in the water it was evident that
+she was loaded to capacity. She had carried a rifle forward and one
+aft, and there was a machine gun amidships. Bow and after guns had
+been put out of action by bursting shrapnel and only the machine gun
+remained of use, and that had been powerless at the range presented
+by the submarine. Those on the _944_ counted six evident hits on
+the _Agawam_. Fortunately, only one shell had struck close to the
+water-line, due, perhaps, to the fact that the steamer was unusually
+low and so presented but a small target vertically. Most of the damage
+had been above deck. The rail was torn away in three places for many
+yards, the amidship deck structure was a mass of splintered ruins and
+two boats were demolished. One of the three funnels was crumpled and
+showed daylight clear through it, and the wireless had been wrecked
+early in the engagement, which accounted for the _Agawam’s_ silence
+after noon.
+
+The most serious injury was from the one shell which had entered the
+hull just at the water and in line with number one hold. The explosion
+had set fire to her cargo there and smoke was still pouring forth
+in billowing clouds as the _944_, sweeping alongside, hailed. The
+captain answered from the remains of a badly treated bridge. The sub
+had appeared at shortly after nine o’clock some three miles off the
+starboard beam and the _Agawam_ had promptly changed her course and
+used all speed. But she was loaded too deep for speed and after a
+half-hour the U-boat had fired a shell that fell short. The _Agawam_
+had then returned the fire without success, as the sub was beyond
+range of her three-inch guns, and a running fight had ensued, with
+the U-boat gradually finding her target. A lucky shot had soon put the
+after gun out of commission, and the bow gun had been knocked from
+its platform still later. The third mate, two members of the forward
+gun crew and one sailor had been killed and six men were wounded. The
+fire in the hold could be controlled, he thought, until they made
+port, if they could manage a temporary patch of the hull. Fortunately,
+the engines had not been damaged, and, more fortunately, a large
+consignment of shells, which made up a third of the cargo, was stowed
+in the after hold.
+
+Lieutenant Cowan saluted. “I congratulate you, Captain,” he said
+heartily, “on the plucky fight you put up and on your escape. I’m sorry
+to say the dogs got away from us, sir. Now, in what way can I be of
+service?”
+
+“Stand by me, sir, to Liverpool. Can you do that?”
+
+“I’ll convoy you past the cape, Captain, and arrange for you beyond
+there. Is there anything else I can do for you?”
+
+“You might lend me some men to clear up this mess and stick a patch
+over that hole. I’m short-handed a bit.”
+
+“Certainly. Are you all right for medical supplies?”
+
+“Plenty, thanks. My second mate is a bit of a saw-bones.”
+
+The _944_ slung over a boat and eight eager men crowded in. Dave was
+fortunate enough to be included. They toiled aboard the _Agawam_ until
+nearly dark, by which time the deck was cleared of litter, the hole
+in the hull was patched with two-inch planking, and the after gun was
+restored to service. The bow gun was too badly wrecked for repairing.
+Just how badly the steamer had fared was not revealed until the _944’s_
+party had climbed on board. Then a full view of the battered deck lay
+before them, and Dave marveled that the loss of life had not been far
+greater. There was scarcely a foot of deck aft of the bridge that
+did not show shrapnel scars. Dave talked with one of the forward gun
+crew, a chap of nineteen, who gave his name as Edmunds, and who was
+called Alvin by his pals, with whom he was trying desperately hard to
+reconstruct the gun with the spare parts at their command.
+
+“We tried to get the captain to bear down on the Hun and fight him. We
+could have licked the tar out of him easy. But he wouldn’t. Said his
+duty was to get his ship and cargo over. Maybe so, but it sure seemed a
+shame not to get Fritz’s scalp. That old tin fish stayed out of range
+most of the time, and when they gave us a chance they kept zig-zagging,
+firing over one bow and then the other. They didn’t make a target big
+enough to sight, hang ’em! But we got away, and I suppose we’d ought to
+be thankful for that. But, gee! I wish you fellows had ‘strafed’ ’em!”
+
+“So do we,” said Dave mournfully. “We landed twice and knocked away
+their wave breaker, but then they went under and we lost them. And our
+depth charges didn’t seem to feaze them any, either. It was tough luck.”
+
+“Those squareheads are a lucky bunch, anyway,” said Edmunds. “If it
+wasn’t for their fool luck the Kaiser’d be breaking stones up-river by
+now! Well, I hope we meet up with that particular Hun again some day.
+All I’m asking is a fair shot at her before I cash in. I’d give ninety
+days’ pay and a week in brig for that!”
+
+And the rest of the crew growled agreement.
+
+Shortly after 7 o’clock the boarding party returned to the chaser and
+the two craft started on their way again, headed for Cape Clear. The
+_944_ suited her speed to the _Agawam’s_, and through a clear, starlit
+night and over a calm sea they made their way at a trifle better than
+ten knots. Once a patrol blinked at them, but aside from that nothing
+transpired until, at sunrise, the green coast of Ireland arose from a
+turquois sea. Off Toe Head a small United States destroyer bore down,
+signaling, and the _944_ was relieved of her charge. Waving “Good-by
+and good luck!” she swung about in a churning wake of foam and sped
+southward again. From the stern Dave and The Pickle watched the plucky
+_Agawam_ fade from sight, her path marked by a trailing cloud of brown
+smoke from the burning cargo.
+
+“Those Naval Guards on the merchantmen see some excitement, don’t
+they?” mused Dill. “I don’t know but what they stand a better show than
+we do to get action. Maybe we’d have done better if we’d gone in for
+that job.”
+
+Dave smiled. “Don’t you consider that we managed to scare up a little
+action and excitement yesterday?” he asked.
+
+“That?” The Pickle considered gravely. “Well, yes, I suppose you’d say
+so. Still, there wasn’t much to it, now, was there? Look here, Kid,
+what I joined this war for was――”
+
+“To escape college,” laughed Dave.
+
+“Partly that,” The Pickle acknowledged, with a grin, “and partly to get
+a good whack at those――those blamed murderers! And my idea of a good
+time is to go after ’em where they live and knock the everlasting tar
+right out of ’em! Fight ’em to a fare-ye-well! This snooping around
+just waiting for them to stick their heads up so you can hit ’em is
+poor business. They don’t give you a show. They peek out, and if
+there’s anything bigger than a tugboat in sight they duck again. They
+certainly play it safe, don’t they?”
+
+“I suppose they do. But they’re doing what they’re here for; and
+they’re doing it a sight too well to please me. Some one’s got to do
+the sort of thing we’re doing, Bob. It may be kind of disappointing,
+but it’s necessary, and it’s going to count.”
+
+“Hope so,” grumbled Dill, “but it isn’t my idea of war. Still, if Uncle
+Sam wants it done, why I’m the lad for it. What he says goes!”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER V
+
+ CONVOY DUTY
+
+
+Followed a fortnight of uneventful existence. Back in Queenstown they
+made the most of the interims between sea duty, putting in all the
+time ashore that they could get, hobnobbing with “gobs” from the other
+ships, yarning and listening to yarns, rooting enthusiastically for
+this or that baseball team, reading and writing in the Y. M. C. A. hut,
+and exploring the neighboring villages and towns, for that was before
+the men were restricted to bounds. They found mail awaiting them, and
+a multitude of home papers and magazines, and Dave received a box of
+comforts from his mother that made him a bit homesick at first, and
+then cheered him up vastly. The three of them, Dave, Pete, and The
+Pickle, made that box look horribly empty in something under an hour!
+
+The second period of duty on patrol brought nothing to liven the
+monotony. Fair weather held, and the six days outside were deadly
+monotonous, or would have been had there not always been the hope of
+something happening to keep their spirits up. Gun practice saved the
+day for many of them. Dave was trying his best to qualify for seaman
+gunner, and to that end studied diligently in what books he could buy
+or borrow, and watched Kennedy closely, and asked so many questions
+that he threatened to become a nuisance. Chuck Morgan remained
+as affable as ever, but he stood in such respect of The Pickle’s
+vocabulary that he generally avoided that youth’s society. He tried
+picking on Pete once or twice, and Pete good-naturedly let him get away
+with it until Chuck ill-advisedly referred to Pete as a Sinn Feiner.
+Then the fur flew until friends of the belligerents took their lives in
+their hands and parted them just in time to save them from the eye of
+the junior officer. Chuck got slightly the worst of the encounter, but,
+as Pete pointed out aggrievedly, he hadn’t got nearly what he would
+have had the fellows let them alone! After that Chuck remained on good
+behavior for some time.
+
+Their second stay at the base was cut short by one day, and the _944_
+slid out between the nets that guard the harbor entrance one twilight
+in company with four destroyers and a second chaser, and turned her
+nose west southwest. “Convoy duty,” said Briggs hopefully. “Maybe we’ll
+land a scrap this time. Only, if we do,” he added dejectedly, “those
+destroyers’ll jump in and hog the show.”
+
+Still, there was no charge for hoping, and the crew of the _944_
+dreamed beautiful dreams of a stand-up-and-knock-down shindy with a
+fine big Fritz. All that night and all the next day the six craft
+steamed westward in single-column formation, the gray destroyers in
+the lead and setting a sharp pace and the two chasers bringing up the
+rear. Behind the _944_ was one of the 110-foot boats, narrow beamed,
+low decked, with a square stern. She looked ridiculously small for the
+work in hand, but they had to acknowledge aboard the _944_ that she
+was certainly able and looked a heap like business. They had squally
+weather, with a rough sea, and the _944’s_ deck ran with water most of
+the time. As for the destroyers, reaching out in a long, slim, gray
+line ahead, they made no pretense of keeping dry. They simply buried
+their sharp noses into the chop and flung the seas over the swaying
+bridges and asked for more. In the graveyard watch of the second
+morning the engines ceased their humming, and it was known that the
+convoys had reached the rendezvous. They pitched and slopped around
+until dawn, making headway and no more, and then went on again lazily,
+the lookouts peering ahead into a gray mist. It was the middle of the
+forenoon before smoke was sighted. Then out of the haze crept twelve
+big transports, asking hoarse questions with their whistles, and
+fluttering a babel of conversation by wig-wag.
+
+Two of the ships were laden with marines and the rest with army troops,
+and as the destroyers and chasers sped past, under the high sides, to
+take their positions, the air was filled with cheers and the long decks
+fluttered with waving hats. Aboard the little _944_ they clustered at
+the rail and grinned and waved back, and felt for some reason a bit
+chokey. Tier on tier of olive-drab forms loomed above them, so many
+that it seemed to Dave that every camp and cantonment back home must
+have been emptied aboard those big ships. Cheer after cheer followed
+them as they dashed by in a welter of spray, rather smartly they all
+hoped, and ducked across under the frowning bows of a big transport to
+take their position on the starboard flank. Signal answered signal,
+sirens screeched, and, as Pete said, Donnybrook Fair had nothing on
+them. Yet out of the confusion order came swiftly, and an hour after
+the junction of transports and convoys big ships and little were on
+their way again, the troopships in line of twos and the convoys on each
+flank. Westward they set their course, and satisfaction possessed the
+fo’c’sle of the _944_.
+
+“Bordeaux,” guessed Briggs joyfully. “Great! They say it’s some town,
+fellows. A chap I met the other day told me you can get regular
+back-home pie in Bordeaux. And cake! Say, boy, I’m not eating a thing
+till we get there!”
+
+Meanwhile, you may be certain, no lookout napped at his station. On
+convoys and transports sharp eyes combed the sea for the challenge of
+an upthrust periscope or the slinking form of a dripping conning tower.
+Over the rims of swaying cages, down from lofty crow’s nests, lookouts
+peered all hours at a yeasty ocean, while from decks as well spotters
+leveled their glasses. The Pickle chuckled as he joined Dave in the lee
+of the funnel that afternoon.
+
+“I know just how those doughboys over there are feeling to-day,” he
+said, in answer to the other’s look of inquiry. “I’ve been through it.
+You talk such a lot about the danger zone and get to thinking about
+it so much that when they pass you the word one night to sleep in your
+life-belts, and you know you’ve got there at last, you just naturally
+expect a torpedo to come flipping right into your bunk ’most any time.
+You don’t sleep a whole lot that first night, either. Maybe it is
+because life-belts aren’t as comfortable as pajamas, or maybe because
+every time a sailor stubs his toe at the far end of the ship you sit
+right straight up in bed and try to remember off-hand which way your
+boat is. Lots of us slept on deck that first night. They told us we
+mustn’t, but we did. There was something quite a bit cheering in the
+thought that when the ‘moldie’ struck us all we had to do was slide
+gently into the sea and strike out for Liverpool! Bet you they’re a
+nervous bunch over there just now.” He nodded toward the nearest of the
+big transports. “If some one drops a plate at mess there’ll be a rush
+for the decks that’ll make a subway crush look like a doll’s party.”
+
+“I suppose you do feel sort of ticklish,” mused Dave. “Think what a
+prize one of those ships would be for a Hun. Imagine a torpedo bursting
+amidships yonder.”
+
+“I’d rather not, thanks,” said Dill, dryly. “You’ve got a punk
+imagination, Kid.” After a moment he went on. “Funny about that
+steamer. When we first ran past her she looked sort of familiar to
+me, like an old friend who’s shaved off his mustache or――or parted
+his hair different. All daubed up with gray like that, she sort of
+puzzled me. Then I borrowed a pair of glasses and read her name on a
+lifeboat. She’s the old _Everglades_, and I’ve made three trips on her.
+Know her almost as well as I know my frat house. She used to run from
+New York to Savannah. See that timber arrangement on the upper deck
+almost at the end? Some sort of a signaling effect, I guess. Well, my
+stateroom was the one just for’ard of it. One, two, three――six from
+the thwartship passage. Seems funny to see her away out here and all
+smudged up with gray and filled with soldiers. Gee, war does funny
+tricks! I’ve had some mighty good times on that old ship,” he added
+with a chuckle.
+
+Carter joined them, half seated himself on the narrow ledge about the
+funnel base without a word and bracing himself to the swing of the boat.
+
+“How many troops do you suppose she has aboard?” asked Dave.
+
+“Maybe fifteen hundred,” estimated Dill. “Maybe more than that. They’ve
+changed those ships all over inside and can pack ’em away like sardines.
+Gee, that’s queer, too! What are they doing there, fellows, all those
+guys in khaki? Where’d they come from? What’s it all mean, eh?” He shook
+his head in a hopelessly puzzled way. Carter viewed him in mild
+surprise, but made no answer. Dave nodded.
+
+“It is funny,” he said. “Fifteen hundred American kids. Clerks and
+college boys and factory hands and day laborers a few months ago.
+Didn’t know whether a rifle was something to eat or a new game of
+cards. Now look at them! Yes, it’s――it’s mighty queer. What _are_ they
+doing?”
+
+“Making men of themselves,” said Carter evenly. “Going across the ocean
+to fight a horde of murdering cowards, and maybe get killed doing it.
+Going over to set things right again in this world we’re living in.
+Taking their chances for those that will come after them, the kids of
+to-day and all the kids to come. That’s what this war seems to me,
+fellows, a war for the――the future generation, so they’ll be free and
+happy. It doesn’t seem to make such a lot of difference about us folks,
+we that are here now, does it? It’s our children and their children
+we’ve got to think about, isn’t it?”
+
+“Blessed if I ever thought of it like that,” said Dill slowly. “But I
+see what you’re driving at, Yank. There’s something in it, too. I guess
+if we don’t settle this thing now, and for keeps, our kids’ll have
+mighty poor pickings. A war for the kids, eh? Well, maybe, Yank, maybe.”
+
+“It’s wonderful, anyway,” said Dave, “all those boys picked up out
+of quiet, everyday, humdrum life and――and sort of melted over into
+soldiers and fighters in a jiffy. It――it makes you awfully proud that
+you’re an American, doesn’t it?”
+
+“Sure,” responded Dill, more cheerfully. “Makes you want to flap your
+wings a bit and crow. Or――or blink your eyes and swallow!”
+
+“I guess we’ve all always been proud of being Americans,” observed
+Carter quietly, “only we didn’t always know it.”
+
+“Right-o,” agreed The Pickle. “And there’s only one thing that will
+ever make me change my mind about it.”
+
+“What’s that?”
+
+“Well, that’s――” He stopped and looked frowningly across the tumbling
+water. Then: “Suppose we fall down on this job, fellows. Suppose
+that after all the boasting we’ve done, because we have done a lot of
+it; too blamed much, and you both know it; suppose that after all our
+talk of what we are going to do, we――don’t do it! That would be pretty
+sickening, wouldn’t it?”
+
+“We _will_ do it,” said Carter confidently. “We can’t help doing it.
+It’s in us. We do boast, but we don’t mean any harm. It’s just our way
+of showing our confidence, of being-what-do-you-call-it, optimistic.
+It’s just plain spirits. But we always make good our boasts, and that’s
+the main thing!”
+
+“Hope you’re right,” commented Dill, unconvinced. “Anyway, I’m not
+hauling down my flag yet!”
+
+That night they churned along under dark skies with never a glimmer
+showing, and the next day found themselves under a blue heaven again
+and bathed in the warm sunshine of early September. There were no
+alarms from the lookouts. The submarine might well have been a
+prehistoric myth for all the evidence they found. On the transports
+drills occupied much of the time, and from the _944_ they watched
+the olive-drab figures assemble on the deck of the _Everglades_ for
+setting-up drill in the morning and saw them hurrying to the life-boats
+later. Toward evening they all slowed down while one of the troopships
+made engine repairs.
+
+Finally, soon after dawn the next day, they raised the French coast and
+at noon were passing through the estuary of the Gironde River, picking
+their way in single line between the hidden mines and nets, guided by a
+diminutive French cruiser with a kaleidoscopic hull. Bevies of trawlers
+crawled from their path and big cargo boats churned past them, going
+seaward. The ocean breeze had departed and a languorous warmth wrapped
+them as they followed the course of the winding channel. Green meadows
+descended gently to the river banks and picturesque white plaster
+houses with impossibly red roofs peeked at them from under the trees.
+Dave’s first glimpse of France was a happy one, for Bordeaux has a
+peculiar charm of Old World quaintness and color.
+
+The convoys anchored below the city, while the transports sailed on
+and up and finally out of sight, lost in a forest of roofs and masts.
+There was liberty that afternoon for all who wanted it aboard the
+_944_, and Dave, Dill, and Pete went merrily ashore and saw the town.
+And there was much to see, much that was as unfamiliar as picturesque
+and curious. There were squads of German prisoners at work along the
+docks, phlegmatic and evidently contented, loading and unloading
+transports and merchantmen and guarded by colorful French soldiers with
+phenomenally long bayonets fixed to their rifles. The streets were
+filled with donkey carts, each presided over by a woman, and women
+drove the street cars as well. Soldiers on leave were everywhere,
+hobbling about on crutches or bandaged somewhere and always cheerful,
+or so it seemed to the boys. They saw all they could crowd into a few
+short hours; the markets, and the warm-hued old buildings and the goats
+that were driven from door to door and milked and many, many churches,
+in one of which they viewed a fine collection of mummies!
+
+America, however, was fast working a change in the old city, for docks
+and warehouses and camps were going up overnight and the khaki-clad
+boys from the U. S. A. were everywhere in evidence. Outside the town a
+veritable village of wooden buildings was nearing completion, a camp to
+which the new troops were marched from the transports and quartered
+until they were sent off to the villages behind the lines. The _944_
+lay in the Gironde that night and then, at sun-up, churned off, in
+company with the other chaser, and headed for Queenstown.
+
+Penmarch Point, the easterly tip of France, was abreast at sunset and
+some time in the early morning the Scilly Islands were passed. The
+other chaser had passed from sight with darkness and the _944_, quite
+alone now and swinging along at some fourteen knots with only enough
+motion to deepen the slumber of the watch below, was approximately
+sixty miles west of Land’s End when the tragedy occurred.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI
+
+ FLOATING PERIL
+
+
+Submarine mines are not, contrary to a general belief among folks
+ashore, deliberately released on the surface and allowed to float
+away in the hope that ocean currents will bear them into the path of
+shipping. That is a far too hit-and-miss method for the “efficient”
+Germans. Mines are expensive things to manufacture and the enemy does
+not knowingly waste them. What she does is release them, either from
+mine-laying submarines or from surface boats, with weight and buoyancy
+nicely adjusted so that they will anchor themselves and float at a
+given depth below water. The anchor, generally of the familiar mushroom
+type, is attached to a steel cable which unwinds until automatically
+stopped by a hydrostatic valve. The valve may be adjusted at will,
+and when the ocean depth is known it is a simple matter to plant the
+mine so that it will float at the desired depth below the surface,
+usually from eight to twelve feet. Still, errors of adjustment are
+sometimes made and frequently the tide is not taken sufficiently into
+consideration. The air chamber is filled at a certain pressure in
+port, but this pressure frequently changes before the mine is laid, in
+which case the mine does not float at the desired depth. In high water
+and a strongly running tide the mine rises obliquely from the anchor.
+Consequently, when the pull of the tide ceases the mine straightens
+perpendicularly and often shows itself above water.
+
+There are, however, such things as floating mines, as many an
+unfortunate ship has discovered to its sorrow; but they are mines that,
+in some fashion or other, have become separated from their anchors.
+Generally such mines, if picked up unexploded, show the cable to have
+been broken, just how is a matter of conjecture, although there are
+cases where the mine has become detached from the cable or the cable
+has come away from the anchor. Doubtless of the hundreds of thousands
+of mines planted by the countries at war, a fairly large proportion
+go astray. Scarcely a day passes that many are not found and either
+salvaged or blown to pieces, and the marvel is that more destruction
+is not caused by these irresponsible weapons. It is only necessary
+to exert a nine-pound pressure against one of the several “horns,”
+or firing pins, which project from the body of the mine in order
+to explode the three, four or five hundred pounds of gun-cotton or
+trinitrotoluol within, and the slightest bump of a vessel’s hull is
+sufficient.
+
+Why fate should have brought the _944_ and a floating mine together at
+the entrance to St. George Channel is beyond me, but it did.
+
+Dave was fast asleep in his bunk in that hour before the dawn, curled
+up very snugly and peacefully dreaming of―― But he never remembered
+his dreams, for his waking was far too abrupt. He was conscious of
+a frightful grinding, crashing explosion, of being hurled through
+space, and of coming into violent contact with something very hard and
+unyielding. Darkness and confusion surrounded him. Succeeding the sound
+of the explosion, deep silence held for a long moment. Then cries of
+alarm, command and conjecture broke forth. Dave picked himself from the
+floor of the fo’c’sle, collided with some one, and made blindly for
+the companion. He made out Pete’s voice in the sudden babel of noise.
+“They’ve got us!” Pete was saying angrily. “The dirty Huns have got
+us!” Dave pushed up the ladder and sprang toward the boats. Orders
+were coming now.
+
+“Cut those lashings! Steady, men! Don’t rush! All together, now, heave!
+Make fast to the falls!”
+
+The deck was canting and the port railing was under water when the boat
+on that side was swung outboard on its davits. From the waist clouds
+of white steam billowed spectrally in the darkness. After the first
+minute or two of confusion silence reigned aboard the chaser, a silence
+broken only by the rushing of escaping steam from the boiler room, the
+commands of the officers, and the orderly bustle of the men. There was
+little time to lose, for it was apparent at once that the explosion had
+done for the _944_ and that she would remain afloat but a short while.
+Perhaps eight minutes elapsed from the moment of the catastrophe to the
+instant that the order “Clear away!” was given. The port boat had no
+difficulty, but the starboard, because of the chaser’s cant, was nearly
+overturned in lowering. One man went into the water, but was pulled
+out again. Having pulled clear, the two boats lay by. The lieutenant
+had returned to his quarters to secure the code books and papers, and
+those in the boats awaited his return anxiously, the starboard boat
+lying close to the stern, ready to take him off. Fortunately, the sea
+was fairly calm and the night only moderately chill, for few of the men
+were dressed in more than their underclothes and life-vests. The _944_
+was settling rapidly, going down port side under and slightly by the
+bow.
+
+The port boat, minus two of her complement of fourteen, drifted away,
+and Ensign Hyatt ordered them to paddle back closer to the other boat.
+The two vacancies were caused by the absence of Pruitt and Low, both
+of the engine room force. They and one other had been killed, although
+whether by the explosion or by escaping steam was not known. Many of
+the men on duty at the time had suffered injuries, but none seriously.
+
+“She’ll sink in a minute now,” said Pete anxiously at Dave’s back. Both
+he and Dill were in the port boat and unhurt. “I wish the Old Man would
+hurry up.”
+
+Then, almost before the last word was past his lips, there was a
+warning cry from the starboard boat, the oars backed water, and the
+gallant little _944_ buried her nose and went from sight. There was
+a swirl of water that made the life-boats dance for a minute like
+cockles, and then silence, emptiness, and darkness.
+
+The two boats dashed forward across the spot, and the lanterns were
+held to sweep the water. But there was no sign of the lieutenant. Back
+and forth they paddled, calling and listening, and at last, when it
+seemed certain that the chaser’s commander had perished with his ship,
+a faint hail came from the darkness ahead of the port boat. The men
+bent quickly at their oars, and the lantern’s rays flickered anxiously.
+In a moment they saw him, a darker splotch on the waves, and presently,
+nearly exhausted, but clutching his precious papers, the lieutenant was
+pulled into the boat.
+
+“I was half-way up the ladder when she dived,” he gasped. “She took me
+down with her and something caught my leg. I think I hurt it a little
+getting loose.” They had called to the other boat that the lieutenant
+was safe, and now the ensign shouted to them to pull across.
+
+“You stay here, sir,” he said, “and I’ll change into the starboard
+boat. We’d better lay our course for the Scillies, I presume.”
+
+“Certainly. St. Martin is the nearest. About thirty-four miles, I’d
+say. Make it southeast by south, three quarters south. If this breeze
+holds we should make land by daylight.”
+
+“Very good, sir. You’d better do what you can for your leg, hadn’t you?”
+
+“It can wait, thanks. It’s nothing of importance. We’ll keep together
+if possible, I think.”
+
+The ensign made his transfer to the stern sheets of the starboard boat,
+masts were stepped and the lug sails took the breeze and the course was
+set for the nearest of the Scilly Islands. In the port boat Lieutenant
+Cowan himself took the tiller. There was enough breeze to send the
+little boat along at a good four or five miles an hour, and so there
+was no need of using the oars. Spray flew in pretty constantly over the
+low gunwales and soon they were all shivering, as the water penetrated
+their scanty clothing. The wind came from the west, or very near it,
+and it was possible to hold her to her course fairly well. The dim
+light of the other boat gradually fell away to starboard and finally
+vanished, suggesting that she was not making quite as good headway. In
+spite of chattering teeth the occupants were cheerful. They all felt
+sorry over the loss of the _944_, for they had become attached to her,
+and the deaths of their three shipmates weighed on their minds, but
+they had had a miraculous escape from a very great danger, and that
+fact was enough to counteract on depression. The lieutenant was silent
+most of the time, doubtless dejected by the loss of his boat, and the
+men respected his feelings. But gradually a low tone of conversation
+succeeded the whispering, and at last, just as the first streaks of day
+showed in the east, some irrepressible started to whistle softly in the
+bow and soon they were all humming and then singing the song.
+
+ “Oh, say, can you see by the dawn’s early light
+ What so proudly we hailed at the twilight’s last gleaming,
+ Whose broad stripes and bright stars thro’ the perilous fight,
+ O’er the ramparts we watched, were so gallantly streaming.
+ And the rockets’ red glare, the bombs bursting in air,
+ Gave proof thro’ the night that our flag was still there.
+ Oh, say, does that star-spangled banner yet wave
+ O’er the land of the free and the home of the brave?”
+
+Even the lieutenant, his face looking grave and white in the gray
+half-darkness, joined in, although the lieutenant’s singing voice
+was nothing to boast of. They sang the anthem through to the last
+word――something that few, if any, of them would have been able to do
+six months before, gaining new fervor as they went on. As one clear
+boyish voice started the first note of the final stanza, a flush of
+pink mingled with the dull gray of the eastern sky and tinged it with
+the soft colors of a dove’s breast, and day lay just below the watery
+horizon.
+
+ “Oh, thus be it ever when freemen shall stand
+ Between their loved home and wild war’s desolation;
+ Blest with vict’ry and peace, may the heaven-rescued land
+ Praise the Power that hath made and preserved us a nation.
+ Then conquer we must when our cause it is just,
+ And this be our motto: ‘In God is Our Trust!’
+ And the star-spangled banner in triumph shall wave
+ O’er the land of the free and the home of the brave!”
+
+As the last lingering note died on the air Kennedy raised a hand and
+pointed eastward.
+
+“That looks like smoke, sir, doesn’t it?” he asked.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII
+
+ ON THE MINE SWEEPER
+
+
+An hour later the occupants of the port life-boat were safe aboard
+the British steam trawler _Good Venture_. Scalding hot tea had driven
+the cold from their bodies, and each had been provided with clothing
+of some sort from the slop-chest of the little ship. None of them had
+saved anything from the _944_ save the apparel they had had on at the
+time, except that the lieutenant had managed to squirm into a pair
+of dress trousers and bring off the ship’s papers and the lead-bound
+book that held the secret code. Briggs remarked philosophically that
+it was a lucky thing pay day was so far past that few of them had
+possessed much money to lose! The _Good Venture_ was a Grimsby boat,
+a stout-hulled, high-bowed little steamer, once painted gray but now
+showing as much red-brown rust as paint. She had two masts and a tall,
+slim funnel, forward of which was a high wheelhouse. She carried a mere
+handful of men――Grimsby fishermen all before the war, and for some
+months after it, too, and now members of the Trawlers’ Naval Reserve.
+The master, a square giant of a man with a leather-hued face encircled
+by black whiskers, held the official title of skipper.
+
+“I can’t land you, sir,” he informed the lieutenant, “afore the day
+after to-morrow, for I’m on duty; but if there’s the chance I’ll put
+you aboard a boat bound for port. There’s room for all and plenty to
+eat, and if there’s aught we can do for you ’twill be done with a will.”
+
+The _Good Venture_ had a rendezvous with a sister trawler further west,
+and search for the _944’s_ starboard life-boat was impossible. It
+seemed that she must be in sight, and yet, as the day broadened, there
+was no sign of her, and the _Good Venture_, which had steamed several
+miles from her course to pick up the lieutenant’s boat, swung back
+to her path of duty. It was generally agreed that the other boat had
+probably held closer to the wind and so got farther south, and that, in
+any case, she was in no danger and would, if not picked up beforehand,
+make one of the Scilly Islands without difficulty. It was, however,
+many months before Dave saw any of the starboard boat’s crew again,
+although he learned a few days later of their safe arrival at Trescos.
+
+The _Good Venture_, it appeared, was a mine sweeper, one of the
+Plymouth fleet, and had been across to Brest and was now rejoining her
+sister ship, the _Arabella_. The lieutenant was taken in charge by the
+skipper and the men were bunked forward in the commodious quarters.
+The _Good Venture_ seemed to be something of a family affair, for the
+first mate was the skipper’s brother and two of the crew were cousins,
+while a third, a yellow-haired boy of surely no more than seventeen,
+was the skipper’s nephew. It was he, a shy, slow-spoken lad, who became
+Dave’s guide over the ship after all hands had partaken of a generous
+breakfast.
+
+Pete and The Pickle went to sleep, as did most of the others, but Dave
+never felt more wide awake in his life as he climbed out on deck at
+the heels of the Grimsby lad. At first Dave had some difficulty in
+understanding the boy’s speech, as much because of the unfamiliar words
+used, as because of his Lincolnshire pronunciation. But by the time
+they had visited engine room and wheel house and seen what was to be
+seen and had come to rest beside the big winch, which wound and unwound
+the steel cable used for sweeping, that slight difficulty had passed.
+Tom Garrity had the bluest of blue eyes and the yellowest of yellow
+hair, and, with his faded red jersey, made a colorful picture as he
+leaned against the winch and answered Dave’s questions.
+
+“’Tain’t our place to do fighting,” he replied, “but there’s that gun
+handy-like and we’ve used it two, three times, an’ once we got a ’Un
+with it, too. That was in March o’ this year. We was sweeping with the
+_Belle o’ Headon_ off Wight at the time. Admiralty telled of a new nest
+o’ eggs just laid thereabouts and us and the _Belle_ set out one fine
+blowy day to pull them up. There was a bit o’ sea running an’ it was
+fair wet work, but we gets the gear out an’ starts along, the pair o’
+us, an’ works for it might be three, four hours without getting a tug
+on the cable. It was a gray, misty day, an’ now and then it drizzles
+a bit an’ you can’t see far into it. But of a sudden we gets the
+_Belle’s_ ’ooter, three times, which is the signal meaning ‘Submarine!’
+The skipper couldn’t see nothing, though, and no more could us, but
+the _Belle_ signals haul in and we hauls, an’ right in the middle off
+it pops a sub, not a cable-length off to port. All black and shiny-wet
+she was, a drippin’ water, and ’er ’atch opens and out pops a officer,
+just like one o’ this ’ere ugly Jack-in-the-Boxes.
+
+“’E didn’t carry no gun; a lot of ’em didn’t those days: ’twas the
+torpedoes as done the business for ’em. ‘Out o’ it,’ says the blighter.
+‘Stop your engines and get in your boats afore I puts a torpedo into
+you.’ We was caught, do you see, with the cable ’alf in and no chance
+to run for it if we’d wanted to. The _Belle_ couldn’t do nothing
+because we was between her and the ’Un. So the skipper ’e sings out to
+swing the boat over, and then ’e whispers to ’Erbert, that’s the mate,
+do you see, and ’Erbert ’e walks aroun t’other side o’ the ’ouse an’
+beckons to the _Belle_ to ease up on the cable. Then ’e tells Will, in
+the engine room, to put ’er ahead full steam, an’ so ’twas done. The
+skipper ’e makes a jump for the wheel an’ he slings ’er over an’ we
+comes around like a bloomin’ tee-totum an’ makes for the ’Un. ’E sees
+what we was up to an’ he yells a lot an’ ’e gets out o’ the way by a
+matter o’ inches an’ we goes slappin’ past ’is stern. But ’e wasn’t
+considerin’ o’ that cable, an’ it comes taut, do you see, an’ whangs
+up against the sub abaft the conning tower. The officer ’e ducks just
+in the nick o’ time, an’ it slips over an’ takes the after periscope
+off short like a match stick an’ catches against the forward one. The
+skipper ’e laughs like ’e was ’aving a fit, an’ ’e couldn’t ’ardly slip
+the shell in the gun, but ’e did it, an’ ’Erbert ’e sights it an’ away
+she blazes.”
+
+He pointed to the rail further aft. “There’s where she went,” he
+continued. “’Erbert had to point ’er so low she took six feet o’ the
+rail with ’er, but she done him in all right. Square into the ’ull she
+goes, right abaft the tower, an’ the noise was fair deafening. An’ the
+’Un opens up till you could see ’er insides an’ turns over a bit an’
+goes straight down like a lump o’ lead.”
+
+“Golly!” exclaimed Dave. “And then what?”
+
+Tom Garrity viewed him in faint surprise. “Then we went on sweeping,”
+he answered.
+
+The _Good Venture_ found her consort at five bells, stood close aboard
+and tossed a line across. The _Arabella_ was slightly smaller than the
+_Good Venture_, but in other respects might have been built in the same
+yard and from the same model. This, however, was not the case, since
+the _Arabella_ hailed from Lowestoft in time of peace. The winches
+rattled and the long wire cable splashed into the water. The two boats
+veered apart, the “kites,” which are weighted timber frames to hold
+the cable at proper depth, were cast over, and all was ready for the
+day’s work. Abreast, keeping their relative positions as though they
+had never known another mission in life, the trawlers steamed slowly
+northward, between them some sixty fathoms of tough steel wire cable
+dragging below the choppy surface. At the bow two men watched intently,
+for it is poor policy to strike a mine, and at the winch were two more
+hands, ready to wind or unwind, as necessity required, and able to tell
+by reason of long months of experience when the cable made a “catch,”
+much as a fisherman knows when a fish tugs ever so gently at his line.
+Many miles northward steamed the two boats, then turned precisely and
+came back on a parallel course. And so it went all that day and never a
+mine was caught in the sweep.
+
+The men from the _944_ watched interestedly and, it must be confessed,
+a trifle uneasily. A sweeper must walk straight through a mine field,
+trusting to luck to get the “eggs” on the cable and not to bump them
+with her hull. The lookouts can seldom see a mine more than a very
+few feet under the surface, and then only when the surface is fairly
+“glassy,” and so there must be a special providence to watch over the
+fortunes of the trawler fleet. Mine sweeping has been said to be the
+riskiest work of the war, on land or sea, and the long honor roll of
+men who have perished while engaged in it bears out the contention.
+Ship after ship has gone down with not one survivor to tell the story
+of the sacrifice.
+
+“Why, it’s like this,” said the skipper in reply to a question from
+Kennedy, “if we misses ’em, we goes on. If we ’its ’em, we goes down.”
+
+A fine, calm philosophy, but not especially reassuring to the _Good
+Venture’s_ uninvited guests.
+
+When darkness came the trawlers anchored within sight of the Irish
+coast, doused their lights and waited for morning and another day’s
+duty. In the fo’c’sle, an unusually large one, the crew of the _Good
+Venture_ and the sailors from the _944_ fraternized and swapped yarns
+until six bells. Then, to the lazy rolling of the creaking steamer,
+they dropped to sleep and slept hard until, long before daylight, they
+were routed out for breakfast.
+
+The next day’s work was more eventful. Shortly after sun-up there was
+a cry from the winch man and the two steamers slowed down and the big
+cable was slowly wound in, bringing to the surface not one but two
+gray-green objects. Caught by the cable against their anchor wires they
+bobbed about within a few feet of each other midway between the two
+trawlers and only the fact that one had been snagged further up on its
+wire kept them from bumping socially together.
+
+On the deck of the _Arabella_ a tall, thin man stepped to the rail and
+leveled a rifle. He was extremely deliberate and unexcited, it seemed.
+On the _Good Venture_ the visitors watched from places of safety. The
+marksman’s first shot spat against the nearer mine but failed to strike
+a horn. The next shot, however, was immediately followed by a roaring
+explosion and a sudden churning of the water. Spray dashed high in the
+pale sunlight and when it fell neither mine was visible. The _Good
+Venture’s_ skipper waved commendation, the cable was run out once more
+and side by side the two steamers went on. Twice again that forenoon
+the rifle barked from the _Arabella_, but each time only a solitary
+mine was on view. By noon the sailors from the _944_ had lost much of
+their uneasiness and had given up haunting the rail and straining their
+eyes over the side. Familiarity had bred contempt, or, if not contempt,
+a philosophy akin to the skipper’s. If they ’it, they ’it, and that
+was all there was to it.
+
+Dave, Pete, and The Pickle lost interest in mine sweeping after chow
+and found a sheltered place amidships and talked. They speculated on
+what was to happen to them when they reached Queenstown, if they ever
+did. Thus far not so much as a fishing smack had approached near enough
+to be hailed and it looked very much as if they would have to remain on
+the _Good Venture_ until she returned to Plymouth the next evening.
+
+“Of course,” said Pete, “they’ll give the Old Man another command right
+away; leastways, as soon as they have one for him; but what’s to become
+o’ us? ’Tain’t likely we’ll be let lay around with nothin’ to do, is
+it?”
+
+They agreed that it wasn’t, and Dave said: “I hope we can keep
+together, we three, but I don’t suppose we can.”
+
+“Not a hope,” agreed Pete, “not a hope. Say, I wish they’d put me
+on a destroyer. That’s the life! Somethin’ doin’ all the time, Kid!
+Rampin’ an’ rarin’, that’s them! Skyhootin’ around all over the shop!
+A feller’s got some chance to be a hero an’ get his stripes on one o’
+them.”
+
+“I was hoping for destroyer duty too,” said Dill. “But they tell me
+they take only service men. No ‘rubber socks’ need apply.”
+
+“Don’t you believe it,” Pete denied. “That was the rule, but they take
+anything they can get now. Have to. There ain’t enough real ‘gobs’ to
+man ’em all. Why, they’re even takin’ Reserves!” And he winked at Dave.
+
+“They need a few to tone them up,” responded The Pickle untroubledly.
+“Guess I’ll run up and see Sims when I get ashore and ask him for a
+berth on one of the new destroyers.”
+
+“Sure,” approved Pete. “Drop in about noon an’ take dinner. He’ll be
+tickled to death to have you. An’ you might mention my name to him,
+too.”
+
+“And mine,” laughed Dave. “I’d advise you to get some other togs first,
+though, Bob. You wouldn’t make much of a hit at the Admiralty the way
+you are!”
+
+The Pickle observed his attire judicially. He wore a faded brown
+sweater, much torn and moth-eaten, a pair of old gray trousers and
+shoes at least three sizes too large for him. For that matter, neither
+of the others could boast much of their apparel. “How are we going to
+get uniforms, Pete?” Dill asked. “Will they give us new ones for the
+asking?”
+
+“Sure! If they don’t I’ll disgrace ’em by sittin’ on the Admiral’s
+front doorsteps all day with a sign on me: ‘This is the way Uncle Sam
+dresses his sailors!’”
+
+“They’d think you were a tramp, Pete,” said Dill, “and pull you in for
+impersonating a sailor. Say, I wish they’d quit dragging for these
+blamed mines and hike out for home. What sort of a burg is Plymouth?”
+
+“How do we know?” asked Pete. “What do you take us for, perishin’
+Britishers?”
+
+“Well, how do we get to Queenstown, then?”
+
+“Walk,” suggested Pete. “Seems to me these fellers might drop us at
+Queenstown or some place this side, so long as it’s Ireland. We ain’t
+but a dozen miles off now.”
+
+“It’s a long dozen,” said The Pickle, stretching his neck to look
+over the rail. “Hello, there’s the whole English navy coming! Or――or
+something! Have a look, fellows!”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VIII
+
+ PETE MEETS AN OLD FRIEND
+
+
+Southward a dozen columns of smoke showed, but the ships were still
+hull-down as the three boys leaned on the rail and watched. They went
+forward and found the skipper and “’Erbert” gazing through their
+glasses. Lieutenant Cowan joined them, limping slightly from the
+effects of the injury to his leg, and took the binoculars the skipper
+proffered. Slowly the distant ships came up over the rim of the sea,
+bearing northeastward.
+
+“Cruisers and convoys,” said the lieutenant, returning the glasses,
+“and one destroyer. They’re not American, sir.”
+
+“Nor British,” replied the skipper.
+
+“French, likely,” offered the mate. “But they’re not making for France.”
+
+“They’ll pass us well to eastward, Lieutenant,” said the skipper, “and
+I’m doubting they’d want to stop, but if you say the word, sir, I’ll
+ask them to take you aboard.”
+
+The lieutenant hesitated. Then, perhaps catching the eager looks on
+the faces of Dave and his companions, he smiled and nodded. “Do so, if
+you will, skipper. I’d like to get back and make my report as soon as
+possible.”
+
+Followed signals with the _Arabella_, and half an hour later the two
+trawlers, having reached the end of their southward journey, parted
+company and the _Good Venture_ hurried eastward to intercept the long
+line of ships that were now in fair sight. There were seven in all,
+four of them medium-sized merchantmen, two light cruisers and one small
+destroyer. As they drew near every glass aboard the _Good Venture_ was
+in service, for every one was puzzled over the nationality of the ships.
+
+At length the skipper lowered his binoculars. “Got them now, sir,” he
+announced. “Italian. Likely they’re out of their course by reason of
+keepin’ wide of the coast along of Spain. There’s been submarines very
+active west of Biscay of late. Now then, ’Erbert, look alive with them
+signals!”
+
+“’Erbert” got immediately busy and a few minutes later, by which time
+the Italian ships were some two miles away, the ensign and code pennant
+were run to the spreader. After a minute or two the second cruiser
+answered and the mate bent on his signal flags with practiced fingers.
+“We want to speak to you,” announced the _Good Venture_. The cruiser
+answered “All right,” and wig-wagged to the destroyer, and the latter
+swung out of line and roared down on the trawler. As she came the
+skipper’s face was a study. “I say,” he appealed to the lieutenant,
+“’ow am I talk to the blighter, eh? It don’t ’appen that you know
+Italian, sir?” The lieutenant regretted that he didn’t. But he replied,
+“I’ll try him in French if you say so. He will probably understand.”
+
+“Do that, sir. I speak French myself, in a manner o’ speaking, but it
+ain’t the sort an Italian would make out! And as for ’is own blinkin’
+lingo, macaroni’s the only word I know.”
+
+But, as it proved, the skipper’s alarm was unnecessary, for the young
+officer who roared across at them from the bridge of the destroyer
+spoke remarkably good English. The skipper sighed relievedly as he took
+the megaphone and answered, “We’ve got an American lieutenant and a
+dozen men, sir, from a submarine chaser as was blown up by a mine. Can
+you take ’em aboard?”
+
+“With pleasure,” responded the other. “Please ask them to be quick,
+sir. Will you use your boat?”
+
+“Yes, I’ll get them over in ’alf a jiffy. Greatly obliged, sir!”
+
+Before he went over the side the lieutenant reimbursed the skipper for
+the clothes they were wearing away, taking the money from a belt about
+his waist. (“Me for one o’ them things,” whispered Pete enviously.
+“If I’d had one I’d be in mighty near four dollars right now!”) The
+skipper at first refused to accept payment, but at last consented
+and the lieutenant followed the men into the small boat. It was,
+Dave reflected, a fortunate thing that there was almost no sea, for
+that little tender was loaded down to the gunwales and shipped water
+whenever any of them took a deep breath. They waved good-by to their
+friends aboard the _Good Venture_ and were presently climbing over the
+side of the destroyer under the politely curious gaze of four officers
+and, it appeared, most of the ship’s crew. They soon discovered that
+knowledge of the English language was not general aboard the _Valgrana_
+and until they went ashore at Portishead the next morning they had to
+make known their wants and conduct their conversation in the language
+of signs. But the petty officers and men with whom they came in
+contact were flatteringly cordial and made it clear that they were
+anxious to do anything and everything possible for the comfort of the
+visitors. One swarthy gunner’s mate was fortunate enough to speak a
+scant dozen words of English, and these, to the envy of his companions,
+he used incessantly, somehow managing to derive a vast amount of
+satisfaction thereby. “Uni’ Sta’es,” “Presidente Veelson,” “Betchoo
+life” and “Sure, Mike” were his best efforts. Italian food was strange
+but satisfying and the _944’s_ men were served by themselves and with
+some ceremony.
+
+The _Valgrana_ had had a brush with a U-boat on the way north and the
+incident was described to them eloquently by waving hands and shrugging
+shoulders and expressive grimaces, together with a torrent of strange
+words, but, for his part, Dave didn’t get a very clear idea of that
+engagement. The destroyer followed her companion ships up the Mersey
+the next forenoon and they dropped anchor off Portishead about eleven,
+and the lieutenant led his disreputable crew ashore and herded them in
+the waiting room of a railway station. And there they stayed, observed
+with vast interest by most of the villagers, until they were piled
+into a train at about three and conveyed leisurely to Bristol. Owing
+to the fact that their mid-day meal had been extremely sketchy, they
+descended on a restaurant in Bristol like a horde of ravening locusts,
+and didn’t pause until they had worked devastation. How much their
+dinner cost the lieutenant Dave never learned, but it seemed to him
+that there could not have been much left in that money-belt afterwards!
+
+They were billeted in a small and none too clean hotel for the night
+with permission to spend the evening as they liked but to be on hand at
+the station the next morning promptly at seven-thirty. As there wasn’t
+a cent amongst them, seeing the city promised to be a dull proceeding.
+However, Dave and Pete and The Pickle determined to make the best of
+a bad thing, and, if possible, derive some pleasure from an evening
+ashore. They were a trifle conscious of their unusual attire at first
+and were thankful when they reached a street sufficiently thronged to
+allow them to pass unheralded by all the small boys in sight!
+
+“Being a fishwrecked shiperman isn’t what the stories make it out,”
+remarked Dill sadly. “I feel like something awful off a movie screen!”
+
+“Gee, that would be great!” exclaimed Pete. “A movin’ picture show, eh?”
+
+“Fine!” jeered Dill, “but just how do you think we’re going to butt in
+on a movie without a cent of money? We surely can’t get past on our
+good looks!”
+
+“That’s all right, Pickle. First off, let’s find us a show. Do you
+guess these folks’ll understand United States?”
+
+They did. At least the one Pete addressed himself to did, and he even
+walked a block with them to point out the way from the next street
+corner. They thanked him and followed the indicated course, Dave and
+Dill amusedly wondering what Pete had on his mind. A minute or so
+brought them to their destination and they pulled up outside while Pete
+looked the situation over. It seemed that in England a “movie” wasn’t
+a “movie” but a “cinema,” something that Pete objected to strongly.
+He likewise criticized the lamentable lack of flaming and enticing
+posters outside the entrance. Except for a few dim lights and a wicket
+doubtless indicating the presence of a ticket seller in the darkened
+depths beyond, they might easily have imagined themselves outside the
+entrance to anything save a “palace of amusement.” Evidently the rush
+was over for, save for a few small boys who viewed our friends with
+growing interest, the place was deserted.
+
+“Like the looks of it?” asked The Pickle finally.
+
+Pete shook his head. “It looks bum to me,” he said, “but you can’t
+tell. It might be all right inside. Come on.”
+
+“Where? What are you going to do?” asked Dave, holding back.
+
+“See the show,” said Pete. “Put a front on now and follow me up.”
+
+Pete advanced to the wicket, the others close behind. In the gloom
+beyond it sat a girl and Pete made a sketchy bow. “Evenin’ an’
+everything,” said Pete. “Me an’ my mates would like to see the
+pictures, Miss.”
+
+The ticket seller fixed her eyes on the ledge, and then, as nothing in
+the shape of money appeared there, she asked sarcastically: “Well? This
+ain’t a free show, your Lordship.”
+
+“Sure, we know that,” replied Pete ingratiatingly; “but you see, Miss,
+it’s this way. We’re American sailors and our boat was blown up by a
+mine a couple o’ days ago an’ we ain’t got no money. You can search us,
+honest! But you just pass us in, Miss, an’ we’ll be back an’ pay you,
+sure as shootin’. Or maybe we’ll send it to you.”
+
+“American sailors, eh? You look it! Clear out before I ring for the
+doorman!”
+
+“Honest, Lady――”
+
+She must have rung, for the door swung open and a jovial and very
+red-faced individual in a white waist-coat and a top hat sidled into
+view.
+
+“Now then,” he said cheerfully, “on your way, boys, on your way! Don’t
+be blockin’ the entrance an’ keepin’ the crowds back.”
+
+“We’re the crowd,” explained Pete, “an’――” He stopped abruptly. Then:
+“Hello, Crim!” he blurted.
+
+The man gazed at him in a puzzled way for a moment. Then recognition
+dawned slowly, and: “Why, ’tain’t――’tain’t ‘Rags’ Rooney?” he gasped.
+
+“You got me, Crim, but lay off the ‘Rags’ stuff. I’m travelin’ first
+class now.” The two shook hands warmly. “What you doin’ here?”
+
+“Showing Johnny Bull what a good cinema’s like, Rags. I’m running
+this joint. What’s your lay?” He looked curiously at Pete’s queer
+habiliments and then at his companions. Perhaps he was thinking that
+his old friend’s objection to the name “Rags” was not sustained by the
+evidence!
+
+Pete explained briefly and airily, and Gus Crimmins’s eyes stood out
+further than usual, which means that they became positively protrudent.
+“Think of that!” he exclaimed. “You in the navy, Rags. Why, say, the
+last time I saw you――”
+
+“Pipe down!” interrupted Pete sharply. “Ain’t I told you I’m out o’
+that? Don’t you know a swell when you see one?” He swung around on a
+heel and struck an attitude, and Mr. Crimmins joined heartily in the
+laugh that followed. Introductions followed, and then Mr. Crimmins said:
+
+“Well, what are we standing here for, boys? Come on in and see the
+show.” He held open the door and they passed through into the darkened
+theater, Pete bestowing on the young lady in the ticket booth a grave
+wink ere he disappeared. “Come in the office,” whispered the proprietor
+hoarsely, “and sit down unless you want to see the pictures. They’re
+old to you fellows, though, I guess. There’s a good one of Fairbanks
+coming on at nine, though; ‘The Mixer,’ ever see it?”
+
+They followed to the tiny office at one side of the foyer, although,
+for his part, Dave would have preferred to have remained outside and
+watched the hilarious career of an elongated Frenchman who at the
+moment was clearing the roof of a Paris tram car of gendarmes by the
+simple expedient of kicking them into the street. Mr. Crimmins closed
+the door, found chairs for Pete and Dave, invited Dill to share the top
+of a little desk and beamed at his guests.
+
+“Say, Rags――I mean――what’ll I call you? Pete, eh? Didn’t know in the
+old days you ever had a real name. Well, it’s good to see you guys. I
+get downright homesick sometimes for a sight of Catharine street and
+some of the old boys around there. I been away nearly six years now and
+I suppose the old town’s changed, eh? I ran a movie house in Syracuse
+and one in Harrisburg for a while and then a fellow told me there was
+big money over here and I thought I’d come over and see. Well, I ain’t
+done so bad, considering the war came along almost before I’d got
+well started. They’ll stand for most anything in this town, so long’s
+there’s a laugh in it. It’s the Wild West stuff they like best. They
+just eat it up. It don’t matter how old it is――older the better for
+that matter. I’m showing them stuff that’s so old the films are moldy!
+Now tell me about you. Where’d you cop the swell duds?”
+
+During the subsequent talk, carried on for the most part by the theater
+proprietor and Pete, Dave gathered that Mr. Crimmins at the time of
+his acquaintance with Pete had been conducting a dime museum in lower
+New York, his attractions consisting principally of a tattoed boy
+and a snake charmer. Also, Dave gathered that Pete was a decidedly
+“tough” youth, with a propensity for fights, impromptu or arranged.
+Mr. Crimmins recalled feelingly a certain occasion when “Rags” had
+disposed of the pretensions of one “Feather” Cronin to the east side
+championship in seven rounds in the loft of Hennessy’s stable. During
+these revelations Pete seemed embarrassed and stole deprecatory glances
+at his chums and smiled a bit shamefacedly when he found Dave grinning
+at him.
+
+Afterward they went outside again and saw the inimitable Mr. Douglas
+Fairbanks play the part of an acrobatic Providence in a southwestern
+mining town. At parting Mr. Crimmins begged them to come back and
+accept the hospitality of the Crimmins domicile on the first possible
+occasion. “Want you to meet the missis, boys, and see the kids. Say,
+those kids are all right, too. Three of ’em. Great little tykes. What
+do you say?”
+
+They said they would, and then Mr. Crimmins shook hands all around,
+and they made their way back to their hotel through a darkened city,
+and lost their way three times in twenty minutes and might have been
+wandering around Bristol yet had they not encountered a gruff “Bobby”
+who, seemingly strongly inclined at first to arrest them as tramps,
+finally consented to give them the benefit of the doubt and direct them
+to their domicile. They slept like logs that night and the next morning
+started by train for Holyhead under charge of Quartermaster Barry.
+Lieutenant Cowan vanished and was not seen again until they had been
+back in Queenstown for several days. Kennedy said he guessed the Old
+Man was ashamed to be seen with them.
+
+By the time the train――it was the fourth one they patronized that
+day――pulled unhurriedly into Holyhead they had, it seemed, visited
+every nook and corner of England――and parts of Wales! Still, they
+enjoyed it, for few of them had ever visited England and their journey
+took them past many interesting and picturesque places. At Holyhead
+they boarded a small steamer, with some two hundred other passengers,
+mostly women and children, and late in the evening stole forth without
+lights and breasted the waters of St. George’s Channel. The distance to
+Dublin, for that was their destination, was only fifty-odd miles, they
+were told, but the _Port Erin_ was old and decrepit and made the worst
+of a fairly rough sea. That wasn’t a pleasant night, for there were
+only a few berths and most of the passengers had to sit up or sleep
+wherever they could find a space in the crowded saloon. Many of the
+women were ill and the stewardess had her hands more than full. To Dave
+fell the duty of playing nurse to two small children, girls of four and
+five, while their mother, a young Irish woman, gave herself up frankly
+to the misery of seasickness. The Pickle lent awkward assistance, but
+Pete, in his own language, “ducked.” “I might talk to the King o’
+England or the President,” he explained ruefully, “but kids get my goat
+right away. I never know what to say to them!”
+
+The interminable voyage ended in the small hours of the morning, but
+no one landed until daylight. The three boys managed to snatch two or
+three hours of sleep after the _Port Erin_ reached the harbor, but at
+five-thirty they were seeking breakfast, and by seven were entrained
+again. They tried to get the quartermaster to miss a train so that
+they could look around the town, but he was visibly impressed with the
+importance of his duty and hustled them to the station at once. Irish
+railways strongly dislike straight lines, perhaps never having learned
+that they are the shortest distances between points. And the trains of
+Ireland are never bothered by the flight of time. It was pitch dark
+when the squad alighted at Queenstown and made their way to the new
+barracks, but the satisfaction of getting “home” again made up for
+everything.
+
+The next day they presented themselves for new uniforms and outfits and
+received them, and they also, by some miracle of legerdemain on the
+part of Quartermaster Barry, received an advance of wages sufficient to
+add to the self-respect inspired by new togs. They had, I think, all
+been prepared to pose as heroes on their return, but, if so, they were
+disappointed, for by September such adventures as theirs had become
+unpleasantly common. The Pickle sadly opined that he guessed the only
+way to get your names in the papers was to be killed.
+
+Efforts to discover what disposition was to be made of them were vain.
+No one seemed at all interested in them. They took their place among
+numerous other unattached “gobs,” with title to bunks in the barracks
+and three meals a day. Their companions from the _944_ disappeared one
+by one in a most mysterious fashion as the days passed, but the trio
+remained to kick their heels about the waterfront until――it was the
+fourth day after their return――an orderly appeared with a summons for
+Seamen Rooney and Garson to report to the admiral at headquarters.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IX
+
+ THE ADMIRAL MAKES GOOD
+
+
+At headquarters they waited for some time in an anteroom. Through a
+door at one side came the clicking of many typewriters and they could
+see a small army of clerks, naval and civilian, busily at work. Others
+shared their wait――several officers, an imposing gentleman with flowing
+side whiskers and much gold watch chain who had the unmistakable look
+of a man who had something to sell; an impatient, gruff looking chief
+machinist; a quiet chaplain with the rank of a lieutenant-commander,
+and a fussy little Irishman with a pronounced horsey aspect and――or so
+said Pete, who was sitting nearest him――atmosphere. Now and then a door
+at the end of the room opened and closed, they caught a brief glimpse
+of a broad desk-table, a visitor slipped out, and the group in the
+anteroom lessened by one.
+
+Their turn came at last and the door closed behind them and they found
+themselves, caps in hand, saluting a pleasant faced, elderly man with
+gray mustache and beard who, wearing a white service uniform, was
+seated at the broad desk they had glimpsed. At a second desk a younger
+man, a lieutenant-commander, was writing. The orderly who had admitted
+them awaited instructions and, after acknowledging the boys’ salutes,
+the commander of the American naval forces signaled for him to place a
+second chair beside the one that faced the big desk. Then, dismissing
+the orderly with a nod, he motioned to the chairs.
+
+“Be seated, please,” he said. “I have some questions to ask you that
+will occupy some time.” A buzzer sounded outside and a stenographer
+entered, notebook in hand, and seated himself near by. Dave could
+have smiled at Pete’s expression of awe and embarrassment had he not
+experienced somewhat similar feelings himself. “I believe you men were
+on Chaser _944_ before she was lost recently,” said the Admiral.
+
+“Yes, sir,” answered Dave. It was plainly evident that Pete was not to
+be counted on at present for any conversation.
+
+“And I think you had the somewhat unusual experience of being taken
+prisoners by an enemy submarine and of later making your escape.
+Suppose you tell me how that happened.” He glanced encouragingly from
+Pete to Dave and then nodded at the latter. Dave, twisting his cap
+and clearing his throat, began an embarrassed recital of the events
+leading up to their capture. He made poor going of it at first, for the
+knowledge that his words were being transcribed to paper by the busy
+pencil of the stenographer worried him, but presently he managed to
+forget that and his tale grew more coherent. Once or twice Pete gulped
+and seemed on the point of joining in, but each time his courage failed
+him. When Dave had ended the Admiral began to ask questions. By that
+time Pete had found his voice and between them they managed to give
+more or less satisfactory replies to about half of what was asked. It
+dawned on Dave that they had been horribly remiss in not gathering
+more information about the U-boat during their presence aboard, and
+perhaps the Admiral thought so, too, but if so he was too kind to say
+so. He asked about things that neither Dave nor Pete had thought of
+observing, and toward the last their constant replies of “I don’t know,
+sir,” became discouragingly monotonous in Dave’s ears. Nevertheless the
+Admiral seemed to be satisfied with what he had learned, and he nodded
+his head frequently with what they hoped was approval, and at last
+signed to the stenographer to leave.
+
+More questions followed then, but they were purely personal.
+
+The Admiral asked about their homes, their length of service, how
+they were getting on, and several other things, and the boys, who had
+forgotten their awe by now, answered frankly and interestingly. Then:
+
+“I think you men showed commendable presence of mind and courage
+under the circumstances,” said the Admiral. “Some of the information
+you have supplied is useful, and I am glad to have it. Another time,
+if there should be another time, which I trust there will not be, it
+would be well to remember that no detail of an enemy ship, either of
+construction, armament, personnel or operation, is too small to be
+of use to our navy, and this is especially true of underwater craft,
+of which we know far too little, because of the fact that the enemy
+is continually making changes in design and armament. This is not a
+criticism, however. You did very well and showed pluck and good Yankee
+ingenuity in getting out of a very awkward situation. You are without
+a ship at present?”
+
+“Yes, sir.”
+
+“I’ll see what can be done. I dare say you’d like to hang together,
+wouldn’t you?”
+
+“Yes, sir.” This was Pete, grown quite confident. “An’ there’s another
+guy――I mean man――we’d like to have with us, sir, if it could be fixed.
+He’s a Reservist, name o’ Dill. He was along when we hit the mine.”
+
+“I’ll make a note of it,” replied the Admiral gravely, scribbling on a
+pad. “The name is Dill, you say? The rest of it?”
+
+“Pick――” began Pete, but Dave cut in hurriedly. “Robert D., sir,”
+he said. The Admiral nodded. Then Pete said: “Beg pardon, sir, but
+is there――would there――” He paused, floundering. The Admiral smiled
+twinklingly.
+
+“Yes? Speak up! What else can we do for you?”
+
+“Well, sir, I was wondering if there was a chance for us on one o’ the
+destroyers,” he stammered. “Him an’ me――an’ the other guy, too,――we’d
+kind o’ like to get on a destroyer, sir.”
+
+“Why, I wouldn’t be surprised.” The Admiral looked inquiringly across
+at the lieutenant-commander. “The _Conklin_ is short, isn’t she?” he
+inquired.
+
+“I believe so, sir. I’ll find out――”
+
+“There’s no hurry, thanks.” He turned again to the boys. “I’ll do my
+best for you,” he said pleasantly. “Is that all?”
+
+Pete grinned. “I guess that’s enough, sir,” he replied. “Thank you.”
+
+“You’re welcome, Rooney. But I had thought of something else. I
+like the way you boys slipped out of the clutches of that submarine
+commander,” he said quite warmly. “By Jove, that appeals to me. I
+suppose you wouldn’t either of you refuse an advance in rating?”
+
+They shook their heads dumbly.
+
+“Very well. You’ll get it. Promoted to petty officers of the third
+class, Rooney and Garson. My congratulations to you. You’ll get your
+assignments in a day or two. That’s all. Good morning and good luck!”
+
+Both Pete and Dave felt it incumbent on them to say something, but
+after a glance at each other they only saluted and made for the door,
+conscious of an amused twinkle in the Admiral’s eyes and a broad smile
+on the countenance of the lieutenant-commander.
+
+Outside the building Pete drew himself up haughtily, a wide grin on his
+freckled face, and saluted grandly. “Congratulations, Mister Garson,”
+he said pompously.
+
+“Same to you, Mister Rooney,” responded Dave with equal empressment.
+Then they began to laugh, and Pete sent Dave staggering with a slap on
+the back, and they joined arms and went down to barracks very proudly.
+
+It took them almost an hour to find The Pickle and the search led them
+over half the town, but they did discover him finally and joined him
+with set and serious countenances and very stiff backs and acted so
+strangely that The Pickle soon lost patience.
+
+“Say, what’s wrong with you two?” he demanded huffily. “Swallowed a
+ramrod or what?”
+
+“Are you addressing me?” asked Pete haughtily.
+
+“No, I was speaking to that other donkey over there.” Dill indicated a
+patient, moth-eaten animal hitched to a diminutive cart. “But you may
+bray if you want to.”
+
+“What extremely low manners these common seamen have,” observed Dave
+to Pete. “To think that one has to associate with them, eh?”
+
+“Awful!” Pete positively shuddered. “No respect for their superiors
+either, the ignorant goats!”
+
+“Who’s my superior, you?” The Pickle laughed scornfully. “Just because
+you’ve been talking to the Admiral’s orderly up there you think you’re
+he-men, you pieces o’ gear!”
+
+“Pieces o’ gear!” exclaimed Pete, horror stricken, appalled. “My word,
+Mister Garson. We ought to put him in the brig for that! A common, low
+‘rubber sock’ referrin’ in such terms to petty officers of the United
+States Na――”
+
+“Petty officers!” gasped The Pickle.
+
+Pete nodded condescendingly.
+
+“Well, what――do you――know――about that?” marveled The Pickle, awedly.
+“Petty officers!”
+
+Dave tried to look unconscious of his new honor, but only succeeded in
+smirking.
+
+“Well, sir, that explains something I never knew before,” mused Dill.
+“It sure does.”
+
+“An’ what might that be, my good man?” inquired Pete, suspiciously.
+
+The Pickle edged imperceptibly away. “Why they’re called ‘petty,’” he
+answered sweetly.
+
+But The Pickle was honestly very pleased about it, and he had to hear
+the whole story from first word to last, for which purpose, now being
+the proud possessor of something like seven dollars of English money,
+he led them hurriedly away to the best of the small hotels that lie
+along the waterfront and seated them at a table. It wasn’t time for any
+recognized meal, neither breakfast, dinner, supper nor five o’clock
+tea, but that made no difference to them and they ordered a generous
+repast of chops and baked potatoes and ginger ale, and while it was
+preparing Dave and Pete talked a duet. And when they had reached their
+flight from the Admiral’s presence and brought the story down to date
+The Pickle filled a tumbler with the sparkling “wine of the country,”
+as he called it, and toasted them.
+
+“To the two pettiest officers in the Service!” he shouted.
+
+He was, or professed to be, incredulous of being assigned to duty with
+his friends, but ultimately he was forced to acknowledge that the
+Admiral had “made good,” for two days later Dave and Pete were promoted
+to gunners’ mates, third class, and Seaman Rooney, Garson and Dill were
+ordered to the destroyer _Conklin_.
+
+
+
+
+ PART III
+
+ STAND BY!
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER I
+
+ DESTROYER “GOBS”
+
+
+On the 17th of September, 1917, word reached the British Admiralty to
+the effect that the Austrian torpedo boat destroyer _Neusatz_, which
+had been interned in the neutral port of Huelva, Spain, since shortly
+after the beginning of the war, had secretly refitted and, on the night
+of the 15th, slipped out of the harbor. As to her destination nothing
+was known, but the Admiralty assumed that she would seek to reach one
+of the German naval bases in the North Sea by keeping well to the
+westward of the British Isles and north of the Faroes. There was not
+the least doubt that the port authorities at Huelva had winked at the
+_Neusatz’s_ escape, for Spain was then strongly pro-German. Orders were
+broadcasted to all Allied ships and to all agents in neutral ports
+warning them of the destroyer’s departure from Huelva and instructing
+ships to watch for and capture her and agents to report any news of
+her. It was not thought likely that the _Neusatz_ would maintain her
+character of an Austrian ship during her flight. Rather, the chances
+were that she would pretend to be Italian or Portuguese. But in any
+case she must not be allowed to escape, and in consequence there was
+much activity in various harbors on the 17th of September.
+
+At Queenstown the activity especially concerned the two new American
+destroyers, _Conklin_ and _Wood_, which had within a few days dropped
+their anchors off Spike Island at the completion of the voyage from
+the other side. They were sister ships, numbers two and three of the
+new _Stockwell_ class, of 1,270 tons displacement, 321 feet in length
+and capable of steaming 33.60 knots. Their batteries consisted of four
+5-inch .50 caliber and two 4-inch .50-caliber rapid-fire guns and they
+carried four triple 18-inch torpedo tubes. They had four funnels and
+two masts and were camouflaged with “sun-and-mist” colors, pale yellow
+clouding to sea-green and pearl-gray, so that even viewed from the
+waterfront a mile away they were scarcely distinguishable from sea and
+sky. Had it not been for the grimy lighters snuggled alongside the
+_Conklin_ that recent graduate from the shipyard might easily have
+remained undetected in the quivering glare of sunlight.
+
+It was the half-hour after four, and one bell had just tinkled from the
+many ships, big and little, at anchor, when the _Conklin’s_ winches
+hummed and the two big anchors came dripping from the mud. From two
+of the four funnels yellow-brown smoke became visible against the
+pale blue of the afternoon sky. Two long blasts of a siren pierced
+the comparative silence and the U. S. S. _Conklin_ moved slowly down
+the harbor. Many short toots followed her from the _Wood_, and were
+answered in kind, and on the decks of the two ships caps waved a
+parting. Between the two forts that make a pretense of guarding the
+entrance the destroyer slipped, the calm water curving away in two long
+symmetrical waves from the high, stiff bow. On the bridge, low but set
+well forward, Captain Gannett and his executive officer, Lieutenant
+Chapin, stood together at the forward windshield and kept keen watch of
+the channel.
+
+The “gate” of steel nets was open, but the space was narrow and certain
+egg-shaped objects were anchored in three depths below the surface to
+port and starboard, and the commander of a brand-new ship would do ill
+to collide with one of them! The captain held the grade of commander
+and was phenomenally old for the destroyer service, having recently
+passed his thirtieth year! He had changed the gold leaf on his collar
+for the silver less than a month ago and was still a little conscious
+of promotion and secretly much concerned with the safety and well-being
+of his new command. In appearance he was short, stocky, blue-eyed and
+red-haired and held himself so straight that he seemed to lean backward.
+
+Lieutenant Chapin was a good six years younger, a tall, athletic man
+with good-looking, regular features, dark complexion and steady brown
+eyes. They were already calling him “Beauty” on the lower deck. The
+_Conklin_ carried two other commissioned officers, Lieutenant Penter,
+Junior Grade, and Ensign Whittemore, Medical Reserve. The first was
+head of the engineer department and the latter was the medical officer.
+One hundred and eighteen warrant and petty officers and men completed
+the ship’s complement.
+
+The _Conklin_ left the lighthouse on Roche’s Point to port and swung
+her nose toward Old Head. She was rolling a little now, and her high,
+knife-sharp bow was tossing the waves away in cream-white foam.
+Kinsale and Clonakilty fell astern and presently Clear Island detached
+itself from the shore and the _Conklin_ swung more to the west. Fastnet
+Rock came into sight, a dark, jagged tooth rising nearly a hundred feet
+straight up from the tumbling waters. The destroyer passed close to
+it on the seaward side, so close that those on deck could see plainly
+the form of the man who, from the lower gallery of the great stone
+tower, ran up the answering pennant to the _Conklin’s_ signal. Strong
+currents and wicked tides surround the Fastnet Light, while under the
+water needle points and ridges of rock lurk treacherously. Four and
+a half miles out to sea, it is the first light that the east-bound
+mariner raises and the last seen on the westward passage. “Old First
+and Last” some call it. Its light, sweeping seaward from a height of
+159 feet, can be caught twenty miles away on a clear night, and its sky
+reflection is visible much farther.
+
+Dave, Pete, and Bob Dill, otherwise The Pickle, leaned against a
+starboard torpedo tube and looked at the lighthouse with interest. They
+had never been so close to it before, and perhaps never would be again,
+for the perils that lie in the neighborhood of Roaring Water Bay are
+not often courted. “Must have been some job to build that,” observed
+Bob. “Took them four years, I think. The little round affair on the top
+of the rock is what’s left of the first light.”
+
+“What happened to it?” asked Dave.
+
+“Oh, they pulled it down when they built the new one, but it was just
+about ready to come down, anyway. It was an iron affair and the waves
+played hob with it.”
+
+“The waves!” exclaimed Pete. “Gee, do the waves get up there?”
+
+“So they say. How’d you like to ride one of them, Pete, and come down
+smack on one of those sharp summit rocks?”
+
+“Must be some waves!” he grunted. “Does the guy that ran up the signal
+have to stay there all the time?”
+
+“Yes. Want the job?”
+
+“I do not! Gosh, think o’ bein’ up there in a real storm! I’d be scared
+to death!”
+
+“I read a funny story about a fellow they sent out there to do some
+work when they were building it,” chuckled Bob. “He was a plumber and
+they took him out one morning and set him to work. He was to live
+there till the job was done. During the day it wasn’t bad, because
+there were other workmen about with him, but when it came night they
+turned in and went to sleep. That was enough for him. He didn’t sleep
+a wink, they say, and was scared green, and when morning came he
+demanded to be put back on shore. They laughed at him and then they
+tried persuasion, but it didn’t do any good. He was going home, and he
+was going right off. So, finally, when he simply refused to do another
+stroke of work, they had to signal the mainland. It was too rough that
+day for the steamer, but there was the distress signal flying on the
+rock, and so a lot of huskies jumped into the life-boat and pulled out,
+taking a doctor along. When they got out there and found what was up
+they wanted to kill the plumber. However, they bundled him in and took
+him back, and it wasn’t until he had his two feet set firmly on land
+that he got his color back.”
+
+“Well, I ain’t blamin’ him much,” said Pete. “I guess I’d a lot rather
+‘go over the top’ than take that job.”
+
+There was a faint gleam from the tall tower before it dipped from sight
+in the twilight, by which time the _Conklin_ was off Mizzen Head and
+rolling a good thirty degrees. They had no use for the tables at chow
+that evening, and every one ate as best he could standing, usually
+holding tightly with one hand to something stable. They passed a pair
+of British torpedo boats wallowing south-eastward just as darkness
+closed down and nearly walked into a trawler a few minutes later. Only
+the latter’s frantic, gruff protests saved her from a tragic fate, the
+_Conklin_ rushing past her close astern as both ships sheered from
+course. All night the destroyer hugged the coast, cutting the corner
+but letting herself in for some rough going. The life-lines were strung
+along deck and one progressed by a series of hazardous rushes, clinging
+hard every moment and ducking under the seas that came aboard. Dave had
+the first watch, from eight till midnight, on deck, and climbed down at
+eight bells dripping water from head to foot. Sleeping was difficult,
+for it was his first night at sea on a destroyer and even the tiny
+_944_ had never in her maddest moment rolled as did the _Conklin_. The
+destroyer drew but nine feet――a few inches under that, to be exact――and
+there was twice nine feet above the water line forward, and much weight
+on the main deck, and in consequence rolling was the ship’s long suit.
+But it wasn’t until Dave spent his first hour in the foretop lookout
+cage that he learned what the _Conklin_ was really capable of! But that
+night, braced in his bunk on the lower deck, just where he got the
+benefit of noise and stench from the engines, he despaired of sleeping,
+and it was not until he had rolled and pitched for a good hour that
+slumber finally visited him. When morning came he found that every
+muscle in his body ached from the efforts he had made, consciously and
+unconsciously, to keep in his bunk.
+
+They were out of sight of land at sunrise, dipping along through long,
+even swells at standard speed. There was a blue sky overhead and a
+nippy west breeze sang in the stays and aerial. There was gun drill
+for all crews that morning and Dave and Pete, assigned to No. 2 and 5
+guns, respectively, were busy. The Pickle was seeking to qualify as
+signalman. In the wardroom, at the big table, the officers spent much
+time poring over charts and evolving theories as to the whereabouts
+of the _Neusatz_, only they were calling her the _Nuisance_ now. The
+chance of finding her before she slipped down into the North Sea around
+the Faroes or the Shetlands looked pretty slim. Once in the North Sea
+her chance for reaching safety was more than fair, for, while a whole
+flotilla of patrols and scouts might be watching for her, the fogs were
+thickening over that stretch of troublous water these fall days and a
+much bigger ship than the _Neusatz_ might run from the Shetlands to
+the Frisians, with good luck, and never be sighted. But the Old Man
+and the Executive and the Junior, and the medical officer, too, when
+he had a moment from his task of decoding the messages thrust in from
+the wireless house, pondered and scowled, and planned and kept the
+_Conklin_ kicking her way northeast.
+
+It was an empty ocean they sailed that day, and a big whale disporting
+himself in the distance was the only object to bring a flicker of
+interest to the lookouts. Toward midnight, though, a darkened cargo
+steamer answered their questions and slipped southward into the gloom.
+She would have made a fine target, as Pete pointed out, and it seemed
+too bad to let her go without a shot, he thought. The fact that, as
+Dave pointed out, being Danish made her a neutral had no effect on
+Pete. He was much in love with that No. 5 gun and wanted to see what
+she could really do. Besides, he complained, Denmark wasn’t really
+neutral, she just played at it.
+
+Life on a destroyer was a good deal different from what either Dave or
+Pete had fancied it. It was exciting, even when no excitement offered,
+for the _Conklin_ had a fine, hearty way of throwing herself through
+the seas at anywhere from fourteen to thirty-three knots that always
+promised developments. The men aboard were in nearly every case picked
+“gobs,” and a fine, clear-eyed, upstanding lot they were. Most of them
+had seen several years’ service, some on destroyers, some on the larger
+ships, and not one that Dave ever found was willing to go back to the
+“high decks.” The destroyer service is hard and it’s dangerous, but
+perhaps those very facts make it attractive. At all events, it is a
+fact that your destroyer gob looks with contempt on dreadnoughts and
+cruisers and considers submarine work no better than child’s play.
+It took Dave many days to get fairly accustomed to being continually
+on the lurch. Moving about meant letting go of one thing to clutch
+another, and sleep when the _Conklin_ was “rolling fifty” was a fine
+art to be attained only by hard experience. But he liked it, and so
+did Pete and The Pickle. Even being seasick――and they each had a bout
+of that during the first two days at sea――didn’t greatly dampen their
+enthusiasm. The _Conklin_ was seldom dry above deck forward of her
+second funnel, for she had a contemptuous way of slamming her bows
+under and spilling the waves far back along the fo’c’sle break. Even
+the bridge was wet in any save the smoothest seas, and the new winter
+clothing that had been issued before leaving port was something to
+glory in. Three hundred miles off the Hebrides in late September is a
+coolish part of the globe, and the apparel that made them look like
+Arctic explorers was never too warm for night watch on deck.
+
+The wireless rained messages into the ward room and the decoding
+officer used up many a pencil those three days. But the best news that
+reached them was no news. From the fact that the _Neusatz_ was not
+reported either captured or sighted it was evident that she was still
+at large and, it was fair to assume, as much the _Conklin’s_ game as
+any one’s.
+
+They began a series of east-and-west jaunts that took them a hundred
+miles or so back and forth south of fifty-seven. Once they went so
+far east that they heard heavy guns and had visions of a battle until
+listening told them of target practice. Now and then a scouting patrol
+passed and exchanged signals, but a gray destroyer in a hurry, with
+three funnels, which was what every eye searched the horizon for,
+failed to show up. The _Neusatz_, it seemed, had vanished utterly. In
+the small fo’c’sle, two decks under, where, by the light of battle
+lanterns set close to the deck, the off-duty men played cards during
+first watch, and, safe from eavesdropping, spoke their minds concerning
+the officers, a theory was born. It was Nicky, QM2C, who evolved it
+somewhat painfully under his auburn thatch as follows:
+
+“What that _Nuisance_ has done is this, to my way o’ thinkin’, fellers.
+She’s gone a-raidin’.”
+
+“Raiding!” scoffed Mullins, first class fireman. “How long could she
+stay at sea with only enough oil to last her three or four days? And
+ain’t she an oldish tub, never doing much better than twenty? What sort
+of a raider would she make?”
+
+“She wouldn’t need oil for more’n four days,” answered Nicky. “She’s
+likely in the Bay of Biscay, putting in when she likes to one o’ them
+Spanish ports and gettin’ all the fuel she needs.”
+
+“Ain’t Spain nootral?” demanded Mullins.
+
+“In your eye! The Hun subs have been dodgin’ in and out o’ the Spanish
+harbors for months, and every one knows it. They goes in at night and
+gets oil and mail and anything they like and slips out afore mornin’.
+What’s to prevent the _Nuisance_ doin’ the same, hey?”
+
+“There’s something in that,” observed Craigthorp, master at arms, third
+class, looking up from his cards. “If the _Nuisance_ has such small oil
+tanks and can stay at sea only four days, where is she? Unless some
+one’s got her and hasn’t reported. Or she’s gone down. If she left
+Huelva on the fifteenth she must have run out of oil two days ago.”
+
+“She could store oil in barrels,” suggested some one else. “She’d have
+to, anyway, to make the trip they say she’s making.”
+
+“She’s raidin’ in the Bay of Biscay,” reiterated Nicky convincedly,
+“an’ some day you’ll find I’m right.”
+
+“You better climb topside and tip off the Old Man,” jeered Mullins.
+“Maybe he’d like to know so’s he could beat it back down to Biscay.
+Anyway, you oughtn’t to keep valuable information like that to
+yourself. It ain’t fair to the Navy! Say, look here, you goat, a
+raider’d have about as much chance in those waters as――as you’ll have
+of goin’ to heaven. Why, there’s a chaser down there for every ten
+miles o’ sea.”
+
+“All right. You wait.”
+
+Not being able to do anything else in the matter, they waited. And
+twelve hours later the mystery was solved.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER II
+
+ A CHASE INTO THE FOG
+
+
+It was a few minutes after two bells in the forenoon watch when the
+foretop spotter called down to the bridge through the voice tube:
+“Smoke broad off the port bow, sir!” The _Conklin_ was steaming
+north-northwest, gradually coming about on the western end of her
+cross-sea patrol. On the bridge the executive and a quartermaster
+captain snatched binoculars and swept the hazy horizon. The executive
+officer turned to the tube. “Where?” he asked. “Can’t see anything down
+here.”
+
+“Just a mo, sir!” answered the spotter glibly, too interested to be
+formal. “Now she’s coming thicker, sir. Broad off the bow, or a point
+or so――”
+
+“Why don’t you say what you mean?” growled the executive fearsomely,
+as he turned again toward the indicated quarter. He saw it then, a few
+trailing streaks against the misty gray of the morning sky. The QC had
+it too and silence reigned for a moment. Then:
+
+“Better have a look,” muttered the lieutenant. Orders to wheel-house
+and engine room followed. The _Conklin_ swung her bow toward the
+distant smudge and from her own stacks the smoke poured faster and
+blacker. She “picked it up” to twenty-eight and went boiling into
+the southwest. Hatches, round coal-holes just big enough to emit a
+man if he wasn’t too fat, spouted gobs and the deck grew animated
+with conjecture and hope. Gradually the distant smoke took shape and
+then the ship stood up out of the sea and mist and glasses searched
+her from stem to stern. The Old Man, summoned from below, gestured
+disappointedly.
+
+“She’s not our meat,” he sighed. “Four funnels. The _Neusatz_ has only
+three. I thought for a minute we’d found her.”
+
+“Me, too,” grumbled the executive. “Wonder who she is?”
+
+“Better ask her,” said the captain. “Looks Italian to me. But I don’t
+know what an Italian destroyer’d be doing up here. If it wasn’t for the
+four stacks I’d lay you ten to one she was the _Neusatz_.”
+
+“She’s changing her course, sir,” called down the lookout. “Heading
+west’ard.”
+
+“H’m, looks as though she didn’t want to play with us,” muttered the
+Old Man. “Run up your signals, please. Let’s find out about her.”
+
+Presently the colored flags fluttered from the foremast. Several
+miles still separated the two destroyers, but when the bunting on the
+stranger broke out it was not difficult to read the signals through
+glasses. Nevertheless the lieutenant muttered and the signal men
+stared, and:
+
+“Something wrong,” declared the executive.
+
+“He’s crazy,” said the Old Man. “That doesn’t make sense. Tell him I
+want to see his papers.”
+
+Again the _Conklin_ spoke. Across the water the stranger kept on her
+way, heading straight into the west and losing no time. The _Conklin_
+roared and shook as she answered the challenge. Then tiny bits of
+bunting appeared in the distance and eager eyes read their message.
+
+“Italian destroyer _Sondrio_, eh?” murmured the captain. “Why couldn’t
+he say so? I didn’t see any number there. What’s the _Sondrio’s_
+number, Mr. Chapin?”
+
+“Twenty-four, sir,” replied the lieutenant, referring to the register.
+“Seven hundred and fifty tons, length 290 feet, speed twenty-seven
+knots, two masts, four funnels.”
+
+“Sounds all right, but――”
+
+“There’s something wrong with one of those funnels,” interrupted the
+ensign. “It’s got a list to port, sir. Isn’t in line with the others.”
+
+“You’re right,” agreed the Old Man, staring through his glasses. “Must
+have been hit there.”
+
+“Unless it’s a fine bit of camouflage, sir,” replied the ensign.
+
+“Eh? By Jove, that’s possible! Guess we’ll have a closer look. Tell him
+to stop his engines.”
+
+But the _Sondrio_ was haughty. Three miles away, she answered that
+she was on special duty and in a hurry, and to prove the latter she
+straightway proceeded to leave that part of the world at the best
+speed she could manage. On the _Conklin_ the Old Man grew red of face
+and sprang to the engine room tube, and in another sixty seconds the
+American ship was doing every inch of her 33.60 and the foredeck was a
+wet place and the bridge scarcely better. But the stranger still had a
+fair three-mile lead, and beyond her a bank of fog was moving eastward
+and on the _Conklin’s_ bridge uneasiness prevailed. Once in that fog
+the _Sondrio_ might yet slip from them. Quarters was sounded and the
+gun crews, already hovering at stations, became busy. Ammunition boxes
+appeared as if by magic and were broken open, plugs swung back and
+bores were examined. The _Conklin’s_ boilers roared and the long,
+slender ship plowed through the water at a speed that sent the wind
+tearing along her decks and flattened down the great clouds of oily
+smoke that poured from the funnels. She was gaining fast on the other
+ship, but that fog bank was drawing momentarily nearer and nearer. Ten
+minutes passed and the three-mile lead was cut to two. At Number One
+gun the crew watched and waited eagerly, for they were to have the
+first word when the time came.
+
+Ten minutes more and the exec. was giving the deflection and ranges:
+“Seven thousand, five hundred!... Seven thousand!...”
+
+The moments dragged. At last: “Are you on?”
+
+“On, sir!”
+
+“Fire!”
+
+Number One spoke sharply and a five-inch shrapnel shell sped on its
+mission of destruction. From the bridge they watched intensely. A
+column of water sprang up astern of the fleeing destroyer.
+
+“Short!” muttered the Old Man. From the fire control came the
+correction. Number One’s plug closed behind a new charge. Again the
+sharp bark and another shell flew whining across the sea. But the other
+ship had all the luck that day, for the second shot was another miss,
+striking close alongside to starboard and drenching the deck but still
+missing. And then, as though by a miracle, the fleeing craft utterly
+vanished from sight, swallowed up by the onrolling bank of gray mist!
+
+A third shell followed, while growls of disappointment arose from
+bridge and deck. “Good _night_!” exclaimed the ensign disgustedly.
+“Great Scott, what rotten luck! Down there, do you think you got her
+the last time?”
+
+The gun captain turned a sorrowful countenance upward and shook his
+head. “No, sir, I don’t,” he answered.
+
+Silence and suspense followed while the _Conklin_ plunged ahead toward
+the oncoming fog. A breath of cooler, damper air rushed across the
+bow and then they were in it and, from forward, the after half of the
+ship melted into nothingness. The second funnel disappeared and the
+first grew dim and spectral. “A regular North Sea particular,” growled
+the Old Man in disgust, walking the bridge from side to side. “It’ll
+last for days, or I miss my guess. We’ll take her north, gentlemen.
+It’s a bare chance that we may pick her up again when this lifts.” To
+the engine room went the order to slow down to twenty-seven, to the
+gun stations the order to secure. Half an hour later life aboard the
+_Conklin_ was back at its former routine flow. But there was plenty
+to talk about now, and they didn’t neglect it. Chagrin was deep for
+a while, and there were uncomplimentary remarks passed bearing on
+the sighting of Number One gun. But hope returned at length. What
+had happened might happen again. The morning had proved that the
+_Conklin’s_ mission was, after all, something else than merely slapping
+the waves, that life was capable of holding tense moments. In short,
+the incident, as disappointing as its outcome had been, had supplied a
+new zest, and when spirits once began to rise they rose high. By noon
+they were convinced that Fortune would lead them back to the _Neusatz_,
+for not a man aboard doubted now that the destroyer was in reality
+the craft they sought. Word of the suspicious funnel had traveled
+below and aft and one of the signal crew averred with every sign of
+truthfulness that he had himself seen that funnel flap in the wind!
+
+Followed a chill afternoon and night, fog-wrapped, mysterious, in which
+the destroyer, with “kettles all lit off for twenty-seven,” plunged
+recklessly northward. Lookout duty was a grand farce, for one’s own
+hand was invisible at the length of one’s arm when night came. The
+sea was flat and oily and the _Conklin_ held herself as steady as an
+automobile on asphalt. But the fog seeped into every far corner of
+the ship and things grew clammy to the touch and the few lights along
+the lower deck shone dim and reddish in the haze. But all night the
+engines whirred and clanked and dripped oil and the big boilers sang
+a frenzied tune, and another day dawned two hundred and fifty miles
+nearer the Arctic. But one must take the dawn largely for granted,
+for the world was still a gray void, and if there was a sun it was
+well hidden. Somewhere east and north were the Faroe Islands, but for
+the rest there was only open sea. There was a new chill in the air
+to-day, and olive-drab sweaters showed above the V’s of overshirts.
+The _Conklin_ was no longer hurrying. Instead, like a man having an
+appointment for an hour he was not certain about, she lazed along in
+the gray emptiness and changed her course from time to time. Spirits
+showed reaction to-day. There was something peculiarly depressing in
+that fog. Optimism was no longer rampant. From ward room to aftermost
+storeroom you’d not have discovered a man who ever expected to see the
+_Neusatz_ again. Life was horribly drear and dull and monotonous, and a
+submarine slopping up alongside would have been a heaven-sent relief.
+But there was never a periscope built that could penetrate that gloom,
+and so even that blessing was denied them. There was much growling, and
+chow was poor and a man was a fool to join the Navy, anyway. At least
+a hundred normally even-tempered, high-spirited young men rued the day
+they had signed enlistments.
+
+But nothing lasts forever, even fog around 60 north latitude, and Dave,
+on graveyard watch that night, saw stars peek dimly down through the
+murk before he tumbled into his bunk, and found sunlight and a cold,
+fresh breeze awaiting him in the morning. Spirits arose again. Even if
+they had missed the _Neusatz_, and it was a safe wager that such was
+the case, there were other ships afloat that needed attention, and life
+was not nearly so black――or gray――as they had painted it yesterday.
+Dave was swinging lazily from side to side in the canvas “bucket” of
+the foretop in the morning, viewing an empty sea with longing eyes.
+Looking down and back past the simmering funnels he could see the deck
+draped with damp garments drying in the sun. Nearer at hand The Pickle
+was earnestly wigwagging to an imaginary accomplice in the direction
+of Iceland, one of three of the signal crew who had yet to learn. On
+the bridge the QC was telling stories to the ensign. Everywhere ports
+and hatches were open to sun and wind, and the long four-inch gun on
+the fo’c’sle deck had been shorn of its canvas jacket and gleamed
+with an oily luster. The _Conklin_ was taking life easy, and even the
+gobs lolling about aft had a sort of “nothing to do till to-morrow”
+air. Dave yawned and started a new survey of the encircling rim of
+the world. There was nothing to expect, only blue water, sunshot and
+dazzling in spots, a pale blue sky, and a horizon as clearly defined as
+though drawn with a pen. Even birds were absent up here, and flotsam
+scarce. A floating deck swab was something to talk of for five minutes
+to-day. Northward, emptiness; eastward, emptiness; southward――
+
+Dave’s eyes narrowed. He adjusted his glasses again. A moment passed.
+It might be a tiny cloud floating up above the ocean edge, but――
+
+He ducked to the tube.
+
+“On the bridge, sir. Smoke two points off the port bow.”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER III
+
+ THE FLAG COMES DOWN
+
+
+The _Conklin’s_ bridge and deck awoke to activity. Men climbed to
+vantage points and gazed eagerly into the southwest. It was many
+minutes, though, before the little smoke streak was visible from the
+bridge, several more before it showed itself to the deck. Even then it
+was so faint that indecision held until Dave’s anxious eyes caught the
+faint silhouette of a ship’s superstructure above the blue rim of the
+sea and his voice carried the news in triumph to the bridge below.
+
+After that the far-distant craft arose into view with amazing rapidity,
+but there followed a long period of suspense during which the lookout’s
+eyes ached as he sought to identify her as the destroyer they had lost
+in the fog. Meanwhile the _Conklin_ was making straight for her, at
+less than half-speed, so that there might be as little tell-tale smoke
+as possible to be seen. Bows-on in a sunlit sea, the American ship’s
+deceptive hues of hull and masts and funnels rendered her well-nigh
+invisible to the approaching craft, and it was not until the distance
+between them was less than a half-dozen miles that the latter showed
+that she had at last sighted the _Conklin_. As she lengthened in shape,
+swinging her nose northward, there were chuckles aboard the _Conklin_,
+and many believed that had the latter been able to shut off all smoke
+from her funnels the enemy would almost have walked into her arms! For
+all doubt as to the other ship’s identity was now dispelled. Bowden,
+chief master-at-arms, had taken Dave’s place in the cage and settled
+the question speedily.
+
+“It’s her,” he had reported, with more emphasis than grammar. “It’s the
+one we chased Wednesday, sir!”
+
+As she presented a broadside view it was clear, even at the distance,
+that there was something queer about her first funnel. Every one
+agreed on that, although none could say where the queerness lay. It
+was perfectly spaced with the other three, was of a like size and
+height, and yet, somehow, was far from convincing. If it was a dummy,
+as they believed, it was cleverly contrived, for the glasses showed
+smoke pouring from it as the destroyer sought to show her heels. But
+the _Neusatz_ or _Sondrio_, whichever she really was, was not the
+only craft with oil to burn, and the _Conklin’s_ boilers answered the
+challenge in a trice, and the chase began.
+
+Possibly the fleeing ship thought her twenty-seven knot speed to be
+equal to the steaming ability of her pursuer. If so, she was soon
+undeceived. At nine-forty general quarters was sounded on the _Conklin_
+and the battle ensign run up.
+
+At ten-twelve No. 3 gun opened the engagement. The first shot fell
+short, but the range gradually decreased and soon all three bow guns
+were hurling projectiles at a distance of about six thousand yards.
+First blood went to No. 2 when a five-inch shell landed on the enemy’s
+hull just above the water line and slightly aft of her fourth funnel.
+By this time the _Neusatz_ had got the _Conklin’s_ range and shells
+from two starboard guns were dropping close. The first hit wrought
+havoc on the pursuer’s deck amidship, wrecking the torpedo battery and
+tearing a deep gash in the thin steel plating. Several of the crew of
+No. 4 gun were wounded, but only one seriously. A second hit a minute
+later caused slight damage to the _Conklin’s_ port bow. The _Neusatz_
+was armed with four guns of approximately 4-inch bore. The _Conklin_
+was now steaming a quarter of a mile abaft the starboard beam of the
+_Neusatz_ and pounding away with three of her five-inch guns with
+deadly effect. The battle was too one-sided to remain long in doubt,
+for the pursuer was firing three guns to the enemy’s two and serving
+them more rapidly and with much better effect. When, shortly after the
+_Neusatz’s_ second hit, a shrapnel shell from the _Conklin_ crumpled
+the enemy’s first funnel, revealing a wreck of gas pipe framework and
+painted canvas, a laugh traveled the length of the American destroyer.
+The _Neusatz_ seemed unable to hull her opponent effectively, her shots
+at first falling short and then sweeping over the deck. The latter
+caused superficial damage to funnels and structure, and one shell burst
+just aft the wireless house, carrying it away and wrecking a part of
+the wheel-house forward of it and seriously injuring three men. But
+that was the _Neusatz’s_ last bull’s-eye, for an instant later her
+stern gun was disabled, and almost simultaneously a shell from No. 2
+brought an end to the engagement by smashing its way through the waist
+and exploding in the engine room. Clouds of steam rolled upward through
+the midship hatches and a cheer arose from the _Conklin_ that deepened
+as the red and white ensign which the _Neusatz_ had hoisted at the
+beginning of the battle came slowly down.
+
+The Austrian ship looked very helpless as the _Conklin_ bore down on
+her. There were torn gashes in her hull from stem to stern on the
+starboard side and her main deck was a litter of twisted or broken
+steel. Oddly enough, her bridge, although swept with shrapnel, was
+intact, and on it, behind the fluttering remnants of the canvas
+shields, her commander impassively watched the American ship swing out
+her boats. Beside him was the second in command. The crew was clustered
+forward near the shallow break of the forecastle, phlegmatic, silent,
+looking across with incurious gaze. From amidship steam clouds still
+billowed up from open hatches and at the stern a trailing ribbon of
+smoke told of a fire below deck. The _Neusatz’s_ engines were idle
+and the crippled destroyer was losing headway as the _Conklin_ ranged
+alongside and Commander Gannett, leaning from the side of the bridge,
+saluted his conquered adversary.
+
+“What ship is that, sir?” he called.
+
+The reply was as expected and in fair English: “The _Neusatz_, sir. To
+what ship have I surrendered?”
+
+“The United States destroyer _Conklin_. Have you any boats you can use?”
+
+“Not one.” The _Neusatz’s_ captain, whose coat sleeve bore the
+two stripes and crown of a German senior lieutenant, betrayed his
+nationality by his careful, guttural delivery of the English words.
+He appeared to be about thirty-four or -five years old, was of medium
+height, rather thick-set and had a square, red-tanned face. “Our
+medical officer is killed,” he continued unemotionally, “and we have
+many wounded. Will you be so kind as to send a surgeon?”
+
+“I will do so, sir. Are your engines disabled, Captain?”
+
+“One is. The other I cannot say of. We are also on fire aft.”
+
+“Please muster your crew amidship, sir, and I will take them off.” The
+captain saluted and turned to give his orders. The _Conklin_ carried
+two boats and four rafts, and fortunately the boats had not been
+seriously damaged. They were already lowered and awaiting the word to
+pull across to the captive ship. Dave and The Pickle watched from the
+_Conklin’s_ side as they traversed the fifty yards of water and drew
+up beside the _Neusatz’s_ riddled hull. One by one the Austrian crew
+climbed down and took their places and when the boats were filled they
+pulled back. Possibly the larger part of the prisoners were Austrian,
+but there were undoubtedly many Germans among them. As they reached
+the deck they were swiftly searched for weapons or papers and then
+passed below through the hatch. All told there were sixty-four who had
+escaped serious injury. Eleven dead were later given burial, among them
+a sub-lieutenant and a warrant officer. Fourteen others were badly
+injured and were transferred to the _Conklin_ on stretchers. Counting
+the two remaining commissioned officers, who came off in the last boat,
+the complement of the _Neusatz_ had been ninety-one, a number largely
+in excess of what the _Conklin’s_ officers had suspected.
+
+Dave and Pete were among the party that, following the transfer of
+the prisoners, boarded the _Neusatz_ with fire equipment and spent a
+busy three hours fighting a stubborn blaze among the stores. That fire
+was too close to the ammunition to make the work comfortable and the
+detail experienced anxious moments. The task of fighting the flames
+was made more difficult by the fact that only one of the ship’s pumps
+could be used. Eventually, however, the smoke-blackened and somewhat
+scorched fighters won their battle. Meanwhile artificers from the
+_Conklin_ had been busy with the _Neusatz’s_ engines and boilers and
+at five o’clock in the afternoon the ship was pronounced able to limp
+along in convoy of the victor. Temporary patches were made to the hull
+and the litter on deck cleared away. At dusk a crew of twenty-eight of
+the _Conklin’s_ men and fourteen of the _Neusatz’s_ went aboard, under
+command of Lieutenant Chapin, the engines were started again and the
+two destroyers pointed their bows toward Pentland Firth, some three
+hundred and eighty miles east-south-east.
+
+It was then that Dave and Pete had their first parting, for Pete was
+among those assigned to the _Neusatz_ and Dave was not. Dave watched
+his chum disappear over the side of the captured ship with envious
+gaze, for it seemed to him that getting that disabled craft to port was
+going to offer some thrilling moments. Pete waved a hand gayly before
+he passed from sight, and Dave and The Pickle waved back. The Pickle
+had managed to get in the way of a flying fragment of shrapnel and was
+rather proud of a bandaged hand and wrist. Dave, who had come through
+fifteen minutes of action at No. 2 gun without so much as a scratch,
+felt himself lucky, but neglected. There were others aboard who had
+fared less fortunately. Three men had been killed outright on the
+_Conklin_, and one, First Class Electrician Williams, had since died of
+injuries. Besides these, seven men were seriously and several slightly
+wounded. The _Conklin’s_ small sick bay was overcrowded and the injured
+overflowed into the lower deck passages. At dark the two destroyers
+were doing slightly better than nine knots toward the coast of Scotland.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IV
+
+ HEROES IN PORT
+
+
+“Where’d you get it?”
+
+That was a pert, black torpedo boat, the next afternoon, jumping across
+the _Conklin’s_ bows a half mile ahead and wigwagging flippantly from a
+perilous deck.
+
+“About two hundred miles back,” replied the _Conklin_. “She’s the
+_Neusatz_.”
+
+“Congratulations!” The torpedo boat was visibly impressed. Perhaps a
+bit disappointed, too, for she added: “Been looking for her myself.”
+Then, wallowing off: “Shall I report you?”
+
+“Please do,” answered the destroyer. “Am making Wick.”
+
+The torpedo boat said something more, but distance and intervening
+waves hid it.
+
+They had had calm seas until nearly noon that day, but now, some 180
+miles from the Firth, the northeast wind was tossing the waves high
+and the _Neusatz_ was making hard going and the bilge pumps were busy
+every moment. Lieutenant Chapin had managed to keep near the _Conklin_
+all night, no mean task in the darkness, and with a starboard engine
+continually demanding tinkering, and at dawn was only three miles to
+the southwest. The sea got up more toward evening and the sun went
+down in a bank of angry-looking purple-red clouds that by four bells
+in the first watch had covered the sky and hidden the stars. The wind
+freshened considerably and the _Conklin_ rolled and wallowed hard,
+and there was much anxiety aboard for the smaller convoy. They picked
+up North Rona Island about midnight and left Stack Island to port
+shortly after daylight, and when Dave went off morning watch a hazy
+streak eastward was said to be the Orkneys. They made Turn Ness before
+noon and steamed into Pentland Firth. By that time they were in busy
+waters. Suspicious trawlers demanded their business and once a small
+gunboat labored near and held a long conversation. Past Stroma Island
+mine sweepers were working diligently and the _Conklin_ was warned
+to keep well away from Duncansby Head. It was mid-afternoon when the
+two destroyers, victor and vanquished, came to anchor in Wick Bay,
+enthusiastically welcomed by a small flotilla of patrols and trawlers.
+
+There the prisoners were landed and the _Neusatz_ handed over to the
+British Admiralty officer, and the _Conklin_ took on oil. She laid
+at Wick that night, the Old Man, who had scarcely left the bridge a
+minute for forty hours, sleeping the clock around, according to rumor.
+The next day they were off again, back through the Firth and then down
+along the west coast of Scotland, in a blue-gray mist that held the
+_Conklin_ to half speed or less until she was in the Minch and hid the
+coast from sight. After that the sun came back and there was much to
+see; islands that sent them wandering from their course and headlands
+that put them back again; glimpses of mist-draped mountains and firths
+and lochs stretching inland like broad blue ribbons.
+
+Dave and The Pickle tried to follow their progress on a folding map
+that was eternally flopping itself back on its creases, and almost
+got lockjaw attempting to pronounce such words as Ardskinish and
+Kilchenichbeg and Maol-na-cala. There were more difficult ones,
+too, but they knew better than to attempt those. Pete didn’t take
+much interest in geography, preferring to put his back against
+something――most anything answered――and fall asleep. For Pete, like all
+the others who had spent two nights and the better part of two days
+aboard the Austrian destroyer, was so far in arrears as to sleep that
+he despaired of ever catching up. Pete had twice attempted to describe
+that second night on the _Neusatz_ and had twice been forced to give up
+for lack of a sufficient vocabulary. His attempts always ended with a
+hopeless shake of his head.
+
+There was a U-boat alarm as they approached the North Channel, and the
+_Conklin_ sounded general quarters and Pete became very nearly wide
+awake. But the periscope――if periscope it was that had greeted the
+lookout’s gaze――disappeared and Pete went promptly to sleep again,
+leaning against Number Five gun. They met a long column of empty
+transports off Belfast, American ships of many shapes and sizes,
+guarded by four destroyers, and the _Conklin_ was able to talk to some
+one again in her own language. The naval guards on the transports waved
+their caps and semaphored ridiculous messages to the passing destroyer.
+The _Conklin_ rounded Power Head the next afternoon and an hour later
+dropped her anchor off Queenstown again, and, oh, but the old town
+did look good to her crew! They were heroes of no mean caliber when
+they went ashore, and they made the most of it. For three days they
+threw their chests out a good two inches beyond normal and put their
+shoulders back so far that you could instantly tell a _Conklin_ gob
+a block away from his similarity to a pouter pigeon! It is fair to
+assume that the Old Man, too, felt a bit cocky as he went ashore to
+make his report to the Admiral, and none of the crew blamed him. The
+only question in their minds was whether he would be made a captain or
+jumped to a commodore. There were some who believed promotion to rear
+admiral was the least he could expect. As a matter of fact, all that
+did happen was commendation in orders; except that the British Admiral
+wrote out a compliment of his own which was posted on the bulletin
+board.
+
+The _Conklin_ underwent repairs and her gobs spent every possible
+minute ashore. There was mail for all hands, and many home papers to be
+read and not a few boxes to be opened. And there were many meals to be
+eaten in waterfront hotels, for it was surely a fine change to sit at
+ease in a chair and stretch your legs under a real table and not have
+the coffee spill down the front of your shirt. And steak and onions,
+and hot, heavy puddings, were a vast improvement on bacon and stews
+and canned salmon. A day after the _Conklin_ got into port the _Wood_
+returned empty-handed from her search, and the _Conklin’s_ men lorded
+it over the _Wood_ gobs and there was a fine battle behind a warehouse
+between husky representatives of the two destroyers in consequence.
+When the dust had subsided Conroy, seaman, U. S. S. _Conklin_, was
+lifted up tenderly and borne away for repairs, and the _Wood’s_ crew
+held up their heads again now that honor was vindicated.
+
+But the flesh-pots of Queenstown palled at the end of the third day,
+which should have been the last day, too, in port, and there were
+grumbles to be heard when it was rumored that the _Conklin’s_ repairs
+would keep her tied to a dock another forty-eight hours. They watched
+the _Wood_ up-anchor and depart jauntily, her men waving derisive
+farewells and shouting insulting messages as she steamed past, and they
+watched the _Conyngham_ slide up the harbor fairly radiating vanity.
+The _Conyngham_ had, to use Pete’s disgusted report, “gone and got her
+a little old eighty-foot sub and was so stuck-up you couldn’t talk to
+’em!” That was all right, too, but if there were subs to be had it was
+time the _Conklin_ was getting hers. And she wouldn’t be satisfied with
+any half-portion U-boat, either. If she couldn’t bring in a regular
+man-sized boat she’d bring none. So declared the _Conklin’s_ lower deck
+with appropriate emphasis, and meant every word of it. In consequence
+there was deep joy when the destroyer was at last again ready for sea
+duty, and the delight of steaming into Cork Harbor six days before was
+as nothing to the delight of steaming out again.
+
+This time it was patrol duty, and the _Conklin_ was assigned to a
+certain numbered square of the North Atlantic Ocean lying some 200
+miles due south of Cape Clear. When their hunting ground was made known
+to them there was some disappointment aboard, for it was too far south
+for the lanes and too far west for German mine layers. It was felt that
+the admiralty was not giving them a fair show. The Pickle, however,
+suggested that perhaps as the _Conklin_ was a newcomer she mustn’t
+expect the choice locations. “I suppose we have to take what’s left,”
+he said. “But we’ve got the satisfaction of knowing that the fellows
+who come after us will get worse places.”
+
+“I’ll bet there’s a lot o’ favoritism in it,” said Pete, darkly. “Look
+what we went an’ done. Nabbed the _Nuisance_ when the whole blame
+British navy and half of our own was tryin’ for her. An’ the Frenchies,
+too, maybe. Ain’t that something? What? Don’t that show we know our
+business? Well, then, what’s the idea of shovin’ us away out there
+where there ain’t nothin’ to see but whales an’ altroboses?” (Pete
+never could say “albatross.”)
+
+“At that,” remarked Gooding, machinist’s mate, “we might make a find.
+Maybe the tin fish are leery of the old routes, now we’ve gone and
+cluttered them all up with patrols. Maybe we’ll walk right into a
+regular blooming convention of them.”
+
+“Yeah,” assented Pete, sarcastically, “maybe we will. An’ maybe the
+best we’ll get’ll be the worst. Honest, fellers, I don’t believe
+there’s a quarter as many subs around here as they think there is. They
+see the same Hun two or three times in different places an’ they think
+he’s a different one each time. Stands to reason, don’t it, that if
+there was as many as they make out we’d see one now and then? I been
+fiddlin’ aroun’ here more’n a month an’ never seen but one.”
+
+“I know fellows who’ve been over here since May and haven’t seen any,”
+replied Gooding. “So there you are. Cheer up, though, Pete. The luck
+may change.”
+
+“All I’m afraid of,” Pete grumbled, “is that the war’ll be over before
+I have a chance to shoot the daylights out o’ one o’ the murderin’
+things. Bet you if we do find one, Lanky, it’ll be off to port where
+I won’t get a whack at it! That old Kaiser’d ought to fix things so’s
+we’d a better run for our money. I always said he was a piker!”
+
+“The best way to find a U-boat,” observed The Pickle wisely, “is to get
+on a transport. It isn’t us fellows they’re looking for, it’s the ships
+with troops on them, or cargo boats full of grain and ammunition and
+stuff. They’re wise owls, those U-boats. They don’t take any chances.
+That’s why they live to a ripe old age.”
+
+“That’s no jest,” agreed Pete. “Safety first’s their motto. I seen in a
+New York paper the other day where they’d got twenty-four British ships
+one week a while back. That’s fierce, ain’t it? Maybe I’m wrong about
+it. Maybe there’s all the subs they say there is.”
+
+“Those figures the British give out don’t take any account of all
+the trawlers and sweepers and small boats that are sunk,” said Dave.
+“I guess they think that if they made a clean breast of it we’d get
+discouraged and quit.”
+
+“The dirty, sneakin’, murderin’ scoundrels!” growled Pete. “Know what,
+fellers? Well, I’m goin’ to get me one o’ them U-boats before I quit,
+take it from Pete! I’m goin’ to get me one if I have to cruise round
+this old ocean for ten years! An’ stoppin’ the war ain’t goin’ to make
+no difference to me, either. I’ll be right on the job the day the
+kaiser and King George sit down to lunch together!”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER V
+
+ “SUBMARINE!”
+
+
+They had the tail end of a southeast gale to buck against on their
+way out and the _Conklin_, though a much steadier ship than the
+older destroyers, did everything but stand on her stern. Dave put in
+a strenuous hour in the foretop between ten and eleven that night.
+Whether getting up to the cage or staying there after he was up was the
+worst he couldn’t decide. The destroyer was plunging straight into the
+huge seas, banging them down on her fo’c’sle deck in tons, slapping
+them against the bridge in the shape of blinding spray and even tossing
+the spindrift as high as the cage. She slid down into a trough, leaning
+far to starboard, climbed up from it, whipping her mast to port, and
+then crashed into a wave with a shock that made her tremble all down
+her slender steel length. “Rolling forty” she was that night. Dave held
+on with every muscle in his body as his roost dipped from side to side
+and then leaned sickeningly backward or forward. An hour of it was all
+any mortal could stand, and he was longing for his relief before his
+trick was half over. Never a light peeked out of the gloom, and the
+rushing shriek of the wind drowned even the noise of the waves pounding
+aboard.
+
+But getting below again almost made up for it. A cup of piping hot
+coffee in the galley――there had been a time when it would have kept
+Dave awake, but that was before he became a destroyer “gob”――warmed his
+chilled body, and he clung to a table and chatted with the cook who was
+deftly balancing himself while he scraped the dough for to-morrow’s
+bread from the great mixer. Then he shed his outer clothes and climbed
+into his narrow bunk and, holding himself there by his eyelashes, as
+the saying is, heard the water sweeping past beyond a thin steel wall
+and the steady hum of the engines and the roar of the big boilers and
+the Swedish oiler known as “Yonny” whistling “Pack All Your Troubles
+in Your Old Kit-Bag and Smile, Smile, Smile.” Dave heard other sounds,
+too, such as Merritt, of his gun crew, giving an unconscious imitation
+of a slide trombone in the bunk above, and the tramping of feet on the
+steel plates overhead and, finally, the seven quick strokes of the
+ship’s clock in the nearer fireroom. After that he must have gone to
+sleep. At least he didn’t hear the watch changed, and when he awoke
+the daylight was struggling with the electric bulb in the thwartship
+passage.
+
+The first day on patrol was a stiff one, for the gale subsided
+slowly and the great, tumbling green seas tossed the destroyer about
+incessantly. The life-lines were kept rigged all that day and coffee
+was the only hot thing obtainable, since cooking when the range slanted
+at forty degrees to port one minute and forty degrees to starboard
+the next minute was out of the question. But hot coffee there was
+in plenty, and some of the men, foresighted persons who had laid in
+supplies at Queenstown, boiled eggs at the steam vents. But nothing
+happened. Now and then a porpoise startled a lookout by his famous
+impersonation of a “moldie,” which is a torpedo in plain English, and
+terns and gulls squawked sorrowfully overhead or splashed at the foamy
+summit of a big wave. All day the _Conklin_ ranged back and forth, up
+and down, sometimes passing the time of day with a distant patrol, but
+for the most part minding her own business very thoroughly, for the
+sufficient reason that no other business offered.
+
+There was less roll that night and sleep was not so much a gymnastic
+performance, and the second day broke warmer and stiller, with only
+long surges to climb up and down. The sun came out shortly after
+morning chow and dried the wet decks and made warm and cosy corners for
+idle gobs to re-read their latest home letters in. Life-lines came down
+along the deck and one could walk from jackstaff to stern post without
+risking life. Dave was hunched on the deck beside No. 2 gun, in a patch
+of sunlight, writing to his mother, when a rude interruption came in
+the shape of a sharp cry from the bridge above, and a moment later the
+sounding of general quarters. As he had his life-vest on already he
+had only to thrust paper and pencil into his pocket and climb to his
+feet to reach his station. Having done that he leaned from the port and
+had a look for the cause of the excitement. Nothing, however, showed
+on so much of the ocean as was visible from No. 2 gun port, and it was
+the Human Trombone――otherwise Alf Merritt――who supplied the desired
+information as he hurried to his station.
+
+“Periscope about half a mile off the starboard beam,” he explained a
+trifle breathlessly, being plainly anxious to tell it before the other
+arrived. “We all saw it. They say it’s a big one, the sub, I mean.
+There were two ‘sticks’ about twelve feet apart.”
+
+The rest of the crew interrupted Merritt’s narrative and Dave was too
+busy with his duties to ask more.
+
+The _Conklin_ spouted heavy black smoke from her four funnels, swung
+around on her heel and raced westward. But the periscope was gone,
+had, in fact, disappeared too soon for a shot to be fired at it, and
+even depth charges were of questionable value. Dave had more than half
+expected to hear the rending crash of a torpedo, but either the sub had
+not discharged one or it had missed its mark. A single depth charge
+was dropped when the destroyer had reached the approximate location of
+the U-boat, but it was a forlorn hope and brought no reward. For three
+hours the _Conklin_ ranged over a twenty-mile radius, the lookouts
+never so sharp-eyed, but the submarine refused to show herself again.
+Finally the search was given over in disappointment and disgust and the
+destroyer returned to her former profitless task.
+
+Up in the wireless hutch a message was tapped off to the flagship
+a hundred miles away announcing the sighting of the U-boat and the
+incident appeared closed. Then, at half-past three in the afternoon,
+the same thing happened again.
+
+This time the two periscopes were nearly a mile distant and remained
+in sight, moving slowly on a nearly parallel course with that of the
+_Conklin_ for some two minutes, during which time the destroyer again
+spouted smoke and dashed to the fray. But, as before, the submarine was
+coy and dived long before a shell could be fired. The _Conklin_ wasted
+four depth bombs and hung around until dark. As the second sub had been
+sighted seventy miles southeast of the first the impression aboard the
+destroyer was that they had landed in a nest of U-boats. Disgust at
+losing two chances in one day was mitigated by what seemed an excellent
+prospect of finding a third “fish”; and, as, every one knows, the third
+time is successful. The _Conklin_ swept eastward to the edge of her
+patrol territory and ranged back again. At midnight a small chaser
+signaled from the darkness and asked for the latest news of the enemy.
+She, it appeared, had been dispatched to take a hand in the search.
+The _Conklin_ replied with her blinker and the chaser disappeared
+southward. Dave’s hour aloft came in the “graveyard watch” and he found
+more thrill than usual in his task. But his night glasses failed to
+show anything more than a far-distant light that flickered for a moment
+in the west and went out. It might have been a signal from a patrol
+or the stern light on an incautious steamer. At all events, it didn’t
+appear again and Dave climbed down the shroud disappointedly.
+
+The next morning at an hour or so after the half-hearted dawn of a gray
+day the foretop lookout again electrified the bridge.
+
+“Submarine awash broad off the port bow. About two miles, sir.”
+
+The frenzied general quarters alarm hooted through the ship. Buckets
+and swabs, brushes and cloths were stowed and the crew sprang eagerly
+to stations. The _Conklin_ swept her sharp nose around and went piling
+south southeast, leaving a cream-white path of tumbling foam behind her.
+
+“She has no conning tower, sir,” called down the foretop spotter. “I
+think there’s some one on deck.”
+
+“One of U-54 class,” commented the Old Man. “I’ve got her now. Yes,
+down through the hatch again. Ready with that No. 2 gun? What’s the
+range?”
+
+But even the five-inch was outdistanced as yet, and there was an
+anxious period while the _Conklin_ fairly leaped through the sea.
+Every instant they expected to see the darker object, that looked like
+a sunning whale against the light and shadow of the tumbling waters
+ahead, disappear from their sight as mysteriously as it had appeared.
+
+“Fourteen thousand yards,” announced the fire control.
+
+“She’s stopped her engines, sir.”
+
+“What’s your speed?” demanded the Old Man impatiently at the engine
+room tube.
+
+“Thirty-three-forty-five, sir!”
+
+“Hit her up! Bust her!”
+
+“Thirteen thousand five hundred!”
+
+“There’s something on the for’ard periscope, sir! Looks like a flag!”
+
+“So there is! What do you make of it, lieutenant?”
+
+“Flag, sir, and――and I think it’s white!”
+
+“White! White!” sputtered the captain. “What’s it for? Who ever heard――”
+
+“Yes, it’s white. It’s wet and is half wrapped about the ‘stick.’”
+
+“Some infernal German trick, I suppose!”
+
+“Shall we try a shot?”
+
+“No――no. Hang it, you can’t fire on a white flag!” He called for slower
+speed and the _Conklin_ eased up as she split her way through the
+dancing waves. The sun shot a long streamer of pale amber light through
+the gray clouds to eastward. “We’ll have to see,” muttered the captain.
+“She’s broad on, and I don’t think her class carries broadside tubes,
+but we won’t chance it.”
+
+The _Conklin_ swung to starboard and presently back to port and so
+continued the journey zig-zagging. The submarine drew nearer and
+nearer. She was lying motionless save for the pitching and rolling
+caused by the waves, with both periscopes extended and a piece of dirty
+wet white cloth fluttering weakly from the forward one. There was no
+sign of life aboard, but those on the _Conklin_ realized uneasily that
+they were being closely watched through the periscopes. That the Hun
+was up to some trick was the general belief on bridge and deck, and
+when the _Conklin_ slowed and finally stopped some yards away from the
+long, sinister, gray steel hull every available gun was ranged upon
+it. The Old Man stepped to the edge of the bridge and put megaphone to
+mouth, and at that instant a round hatch opened in the middle of the
+slightly raised deck that took the place of a conning tower and a head
+appeared. The captain waited. The man climbed through and as he did so
+he raised his arms above his head in token of surrender. The _Conklin_
+looked on in surprise not unleavened with suspicion. On the heels of
+the first man appeared a second, and then a third, and a fourth, and
+each held his arms up and moved out on the unsteady deck to make place
+for others. How they managed to keep their feet on that wet, slippery,
+heaving surface was a marvel. Man after man appeared until the deck was
+clustered with them. Commander Gannett recovered from his amazement and
+raised his megaphone again.
+
+“Where is your captain?” he asked.
+
+There was no answer for a moment. Then a sailor pushed himself
+perilously forward. “Kamerad!” he shouted back. “Kamerad!”
+
+“There isn’t an officer in the lot,” muttered the executive at the
+captain’s shoulder. “Deuced funny, eh?”
+
+“Speak English?” bawled the captain, raising his voice in the
+unconscious way that one does in the circumstances.
+
+Again silence. The men on the U-boat’s deck seemed to be talking among
+themselves. Then a regular chorus of “Kamerad! Kamerad!” floated across
+the water. The Old Man shrugged his shoulders.
+
+“Lower a boat and see what their game is. Pass the word to the lookouts
+to keep their eyes peeled. There may be another Hun around. Have we any
+one aboard who speaks their rotten language?”
+
+“Ensign Whittemore, sir.”
+
+“Ask him to take charge and see what’s the matter over there. Never
+heard of a sub insisting on surrender like this. There’s something
+wrong somewhere!”
+
+Over went Number One boat and the ensign and eight husky gobs sprang
+into it and were lowered away. “Let go!” ordered the officer in the
+stern sheets. “Give way!” The oars dipped and the boat headed for the
+submarine. The Pickle pulled an oar in that boat and we’ll let him tell
+the story now as he told it to a group on the lower deck afterward.
+
+[Illustration: The oars dipped and the boat headed for the submarine]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI
+
+ THE MUTINY
+
+
+“They were a rum-looking lot, those squareheads,” began The Pickle.
+“They looked as if they hadn’t had a square meal for two weeks.
+Well, you saw them yourselves, so you know. But lined up on the deck
+there, with their hands up and looking down at us as if we were their
+long-lost brothers, they were sure a sorry, white-faced bunch. The way
+the skin was pulled over their cheek-bones and the way their clothes
+flapped around them got me! The ensign and Willet and I went down
+through the hatch and the minute we got our heads under we wished we
+hadn’t. The smell was frightful. It wasn’t just foul air or battery
+fumes; it was――well, we soon found what it was. The ensign took one of
+the men down with us, a sort of chief gunner I guess he was, and he was
+so weak he fell the last half-way down the ladder, and Willet had to
+pick him up and put him on his pins again.
+
+“There wasn’t any sort of a conning tower, as you saw, but you went
+right down straight into the central station. Things were in a fierce
+mess down there and it was half dark. On the floor alongside a desk
+with charts and papers on it lay the captain, dead as a doornail. He
+wasn’t a pretty sight, for some one had bashed his head in. The ensign
+turned to the Hun that was with us and pointed. I don’t know much
+German, but I managed to get some of what they said. ‘What happened to
+him?’ asked the ensign. The fellow shook his head. He was a stolid sort
+of chap, about twenty-three or four, I guess. ‘Who killed him?’ asked
+the ensign. Then the Hun said he didn’t know, although you could see he
+did. ‘That’s the captain,’ said the ensign to Willet and me. ‘They’ve
+probably done in the first officer too. We’ll see.’ He was a bit pale,
+was the ensign, and I didn’t feel any too good myself just then. The
+captain had been dead several days and it wasn’t very pleasant there.
+Why they hadn’t got rid of the body I don’t know, unless they were too
+weak to get it up the ladder. We found the next thing that the sub was
+a mine layer, for there were two wells on her, with mines in each ready
+to drop.
+
+“It was Willet found the first officer. They’d shot him in his
+berth while he was asleep.” The Pickle shivered. “Then we lugged the
+squarehead into the stateroom and showed him the body and he ’fessed
+up. As near as I could make it out his story was something like this.
+They’d left Zeebrugge twelve days before with orders to proceed to some
+place off France and drop mines. The first day they were out the men
+found that she was poorly provisioned. They were most all old U-boat
+men and knew what they were up against. So they talked it over and put
+it up to the captain. Told him they hadn’t enough grub aboard for a
+week, let alone three, and demanded that he return to a base and stock
+up proper. But the cap said he’d got his orders and wasn’t going to
+turn back and a lot more, and was pretty fairly brutal.
+
+“Things went on for three days and then they sighted a merchantman
+without escort off the east coast of Ireland and they got orders to
+give chase. Well, they wouldn’t. They were half-starved already, not
+having had more than one day’s rations in four, and were desperate.
+So, when the Old Man threatened them with punishment for mutiny they
+thought they might just as well be hung――or shot――for mutton as for
+spring lamb, and when he drew a revolver one of them laid him out from
+behind with a wrench. As he went down they grabbed the revolver and did
+for the first officer, who was asleep in his bunk.
+
+“Then they were in a bit of a pickle, for they knew that if they took
+the boat back to Germany they’d get short shrift. They talked it over
+and decided that the only thing to do was to surrender to an enemy
+ship. So one of them, a sort of chief petty officer, took charge and
+they set out to get themselves pinched. But it wasn’t easy, because
+you see, just as soon as they’d show themselves the enemy would start
+in to plug them without asking any question. They tried the trick by
+wireless, but all they got was the merry ha-ha. Every one who picked up
+the message thought some one was trying to get gay with him, I suppose.
+So yesterday they tried us to see what we’d do. They’d been following
+us ever since early morning. Well, we didn’t act friendly and their
+courage gave out and they beat it. But they kept us in sight and tried
+again in the afternoon. They’d put up that white flag of theirs, but it
+was always wet when they came up and wouldn’t do much but wrap around
+the periscope. Finally, this morning, they decided that they might as
+well get killed as starve to death. What do you know about that for a
+sea story?”
+
+Although The Pickle had guessed at some of his details, he had got
+the facts concerning what was perhaps the strangest surrender ever
+made on the high seas correct enough. Meanwhile, however, the ensign
+had made his report to Captain Gannett and the _Conklin_ got busy.
+The submarine’s crew, twenty-eight in all, were taken off, some of
+them so weak that they had to be lifted from deck to boat and from
+boat to sick bay, and the bodies of the two officers were carried up
+and unceremoniously buried at sea. After that, having very casually
+reported the capture by wireless, the _Conklin_ made a hawser fast
+to the towing-hook at the submarine’s bow, and under orders from the
+flagship, set out for Queenstown.
+
+“Huh,” said Pete that night, “I guess the _Conyngham_ ain’t got
+anything on us, Kid! This prize we got’s a regular boat, an’ a mine
+layer at that. As our Limie friends say, ‘Wot price mine layer?’
+Only they’d say ‘lyer’ instead of ‘layer,’ wouldn’t they? Guess the
+_Conklin’s_ pretty bad, ain’t she? Guess she don’t do much for her
+country, eh? Two prizes in a week ain’t anything to be proud of, is it?
+Say, Pickle, take a slant overside an’ see if the Hun’s still in tow.
+I wouldn’t want to lose her after the trouble she’s cost me.”
+
+“You, you flat-foot! What did you have to do with it?” asked Dill.
+
+“What did I have to――Say, didn’t you know that I had the little old
+Number 5 trained right on the geometricous center of that tin fish? If
+it hadn’t been for me those bloody-minded murderers would have killed
+you an’ all the rest of your boardin’ party! What did I do, says he!
+Huh!”
+
+“Maybe you’ll begin to believe that there are such things as German
+submarines after all, Pete,” suggested Dave.
+
+“Sure! I always did believe it. Only I say there ain’t so many as folks
+think. Why, look here, now, don’t what happened yesterday and to-day
+prove it? When we seen that submarine the second time every one thought
+she was a new one, didn’t they? Same thing this mornin’. I heard you
+fellers sayin’ ‘Gee, but that’s funny! Three in two days!’ Well, she
+was the same little Hun all the time, wasn’t she? Just followed us
+around she did. That’s what I was sayin’ the other day. Folks see the
+same sub twice an’ put it down for two!”
+
+“You win,” laughed The Pickle. “What gets me, though, is how they
+managed to follow us last night in the dark.”
+
+“I don’t believe they did,” replied Dave. “They knew we were on patrol
+and all they had to do was wait for us to come back on the next course.”
+
+“That’s it, I guess. Well, anyway, it’s a queer business. What do you
+suppose will happen to those poor hoboes?”
+
+“They’d ought to be shot at sunrise,” answered Pete, unfeelingly, “but
+they won’t be. They’ll be put in a nice, steam-heated prison camp an’
+took care of till the row’s over. I don’t know as I blame ’em a whole
+lot for killin’ off the officers, if the officers were like what you
+hear tales of, but I don’t just admire ’em for it.”
+
+“The Old Man got a fine lot of papers and books and truck like that,”
+said The Pickle reflectively. “He was as pleased as Punch about it and
+he and the executive are up in the ward room now having a lovely time
+with them. We got a copy of their secret code and a lot of interesting
+stuff. Looks to me as if the Old Man would find himself in about right
+with the Admiral pretty soon. Wait till we get ashore and rub it into
+the _Wood_ crowd.”
+
+Pete chuckled. “Yeah,” he said. “Wait till I tell Quinn, that
+slant-eyed, lantern-jawed cox o’ theirs. Maybe it won’t take the wind
+out of his sails.”
+
+“It would be funny, though, wouldn’t it,” suggested Dave, “if the
+_Wood_ got back there with a sub, too.”
+
+Pete observed him disapprovingly and The Pickle with sorrow.
+
+“Gee, you can think of more punk things to say, Kid,” remonstrated the
+latter. “Gloom must be your middle name.”
+
+The _Conklin_ glided into harbor the next morning very proudly and
+towed her grim, gray prize fairly under the noses of five American and
+one British destroyer before she came to anchor. On the main deck every
+gob who could get there stood negligently and boredly as congratulatory
+messages came from the bridges of the other ships. Their attitude asked
+plainly: “Why so much turmoil about a mere U-boat? It’s an old story
+with us.”
+
+That attitude vexed the _Plaisted’s_ gobs and they made derogatory
+remarks in voices inaudible to the bridge, but heard on the _Conklin’s_
+deck, and gestured derision. “Where’d you get the old cook stove,
+_Conk_?”
+
+“What’s that you’re towin’, partner? Some new kind of patent log?” “Did
+the Kaiser make you a present of it?” “Say, fellers, see what the cat’s
+brought in.” But the _Conklin_ men only smiled in serene contempt. They
+could afford to let the envious world gibe.
+
+The _Wood_ wasn’t in port when the _Conklin_ arrived, and so Pete had
+to wait two days for the pleasure of crowing over Coxswain Quinn. But
+perhaps it was worth waiting for, for if Pete’s condition when he
+returned to the ship that afternoon was any sign he must have had a
+thoroughly good time. He seemed very desirous of avoiding the gaze of
+the officer of the deck and plunged below so rapidly that he scraped
+some of the skin from his ribs. But a little more lost skin was of
+small moment to one who had already parted with so much! In short,
+Pete was a cheerful wreck, and raw beef secured from the galley and
+much plaster from his first aid kit failed to make him more than half
+presentable. But no questions were asked by the executive, and the
+Old Man, catching a glimpse of Pete the next morning from the bridge
+ladder, only smiled and went on up. It was by that time generally
+known throughout the ship that the _Wood_ would be short the services
+of a coxswain for one or two days. Neither Dave nor The Pickle were
+witnesses of that encounter, but those who were feelingly pronounced it
+the best battle of the war up to date!
+
+The _Conklin_ spent one more day of idleness and then pulled up her
+hooks and set forth again for her mission of “making the world safe for
+the democrats,” as Pete phrased it. But this time it was not patrol
+duty that called her. “Special and distant service” was the word that
+went around below deck.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII
+
+ THE START OF AN ADVENTURE
+
+
+The _Conklin_ left Queenstown just at dusk and steamed straight across
+the mouth of the channel, and at daybreak was skirting the tip of the
+Cornish coast, with the Scilly Islands faint blurs to the westward.
+Later they passed Lizard Head in a sea so smooth that it was hard to
+believe the tales they had heard all their lives of the treacherous
+nature of that coast. The frowning cliffs of Cornwall were in plain
+sight for an hour, and then the tall white tower of Eddystone Light
+rose off the port bow. The Pickle, who seemed for some reason to be
+a walking compendium of lighthouse information, entertained Dave and
+Pete with the story of the Admiralty’s attempts, dating back nearly
+a hundred and fifty years, to build a beacon on that sinister reef
+which, some ten miles from the nearest point of the mainland, stretches
+for hundreds of yards across the ship thoroughfare and obstructs the
+approach to Plymouth from the channel side. Many vessels have struck
+there. At one point the submerged ridge throws a few battered granite
+rocks above the eddying waves at low tide, from which fact came the
+name of “eddystones.”
+
+“Away back at the beginning of things,” said The Pickle, gazing across
+at the slender tower, “a man whose name I forget got the notion that
+there ought to be a light on that reef and that he was the Johnny to
+put it there. So they told him to go ahead. Well, he stuck up a queer
+Chinese pagoda effect of wood and slathered it all over with carvings
+and gilt. Maybe his idea was to scare the waves away. Anyway, they say
+it was a fearsome looking contraption when it was done. It took him
+three or four years to do it, and when he had the wise guys around here
+said it wouldn’t stand the first hard gale. But this Johnny said he
+knew better and that he hoped he might be in the tower when that gale
+arrived. Every one gets his wish once in a lifetime, and it was this
+fellow’s turn to get his. When the gale did come he and five keepers
+were out there in the pagoda. When the folks in Plymouth looked out
+the next morning to see how the beacon had got through the storm there
+wasn’t any beacon.”
+
+“Gee!” said Pete. “Did they drown?”
+
+“So they suppose. Anyway, they weren’t around. After that another
+wooden tower went up and stayed quite a while; forty years, I think
+it was. It was built so well that it might be there yet if it hadn’t
+caught on fire from the lantern one day and burned down. They had
+trouble in building it that time because England and France were
+at war, and the French privateers kept them on the jump. One time
+a French boat caught them napping and took off the whole force as
+prisoners of war and carried them back to France. But when the king
+heard of it――Louis the Somethingth, I guess――he got peeved with the
+smart Alecks. ‘What those guys were doing was for our benefit as well
+as England’s. I’m at war with the perfidious Albion’――or words to
+that effect――‘but not with humanity.’ After which he handed himself a
+round of applause, had the smart Alecks put in the stocks and sent the
+lighthouse folks back to their little ledge with a lot of presents.”
+
+“What sort of presents?” asked Dave.
+
+“I don’t know; a couple of gold chains and a bag of ducats and a
+package of ‘fags,’ maybe; the usual thing. Read your history and find
+out. That was number two lighthouse. Number three was of stone and
+stood up about a hundred and twenty-five years. Then the cement began
+to go west and they put up the present light alongside it. This one is
+a hundred and thirty feet from base to light. Anything else I can tell
+you about lighthouses?”
+
+“Yeah,” said Pete, “you can tell me how much lighthouse keeping costs
+in England compared with light housekeeping in New York.”
+
+“New York? Lighthouse keep―― Oh, I get you, Pete! And that’ll be about
+all from you, son!”
+
+Soon after they entered the English Channel, and during the day,
+keeping well in toward the English coast, passed numerous points of
+interest which, unfortunately, were too far distant to be more than
+faintly descried. Their course did, however, lead them close to the
+Isle of Wight and the entrance to Portsmouth Harbor. Pete made The
+Pickle’s life something of a burden to him by demanding information
+about every little lighthouse or beacon that they glimpsed. But if
+they saw little of the southern coast of England they saw a lot of the
+English navy in the shape of mine sweepers and layers, naval tugs,
+patrols, torpedo boats, destroyers, and cruisers. And once, off the
+Bill of Portland, they passed within a half mile of a super-dreadnought
+steaming sedately down channel, a huge and wicked-looking sea mammoth
+indeed.
+
+There was a deal of speculation as to the _Conklin’s_ mission and
+destination and all sorts of guesses were made. The favorite one was
+that they were to rendezvous with a part of their own or the British
+fleet and make an attack on one of the German naval bases in the North
+Sea. Consequently, when, at dawn, they found the destroyer snugly
+anchored in the Thames estuary, with Taynham on one side and Sheppy
+Island on the other, they were a disappointed lot. Only the fact that
+London lay but forty miles distant by railway and the rumor that they
+were to stay where they were for several days, brought comfort. Nearby
+a group of small tugs and big launches were huddled around a stone quay
+from which a very busy signal station stuck up like a sore thumb. Now
+and then a tug or launch would put hurriedly away toward the sea, or a
+bevy of them would start off on some mysterious but evidently vastly
+important mission. There was no liberty for the destroyer’s gobs that
+day and they spent a rather bored time watching the various craft
+coming and going past the point of the island. The next morning they
+went on up to Chatham, where there was a considerable British naval
+base, and snuggled up to a dock, alongside a small black cruiser. Then
+it was made known that the _Conklin_ would remain at Chatham for two
+days and liberty was granted for thirty-six hours. Many took advantage
+of that to make the trip to London, and Dave and Pete were all for
+joining the party until they learned that The Pickle had other plans.
+
+“You fellows go along,” said Dill. “It wouldn’t be much fun for me.
+I’ve seen the old town twice and, besides, I’m pretty nearly broke, and
+it costs like thunder to stay around London even over night.”
+
+“Hadn’t thought of that,” mused Pete. “I’m about stoney myself. How
+about you, Kid?”
+
+“I can lend you a couple of dollars,” answered Dave. “Bob, too, if he
+will come. But I’m not horribly rich just now.”
+
+“Maybe we’ll have another chance to see the place,” said Pete. “It
+wouldn’t be much fun without plenty o’ ‘berries.’ Ain’t there some
+other place around here?”
+
+“Come with me,” said The Pickle. “I’ve got some English friends at a
+little town called Gradford, about forty or fifty miles from here in
+Sussex. I suppose they’re still there, because English folks never move
+the way we do, and they’d be mighty glad to see you fellows. What do
+you say?”
+
+Pete looked dubious. “I ain’t much on the society game, Pickle,” he
+replied. “Better leave me out, I guess.”
+
+“Nonsense, the Wylies are just nice plain folks and you’d like them
+immensely. We met them in Switzerland one year and they stayed with us
+at Westport a couple of weeks summer before last. They made me promise
+to visit them the first time I was in England.”
+
+“Yeah, an’ bring all your friends,” said Pete sarcastically. “I guess
+they’d be awfully chawmed, what? Say, you piece o’ gear, don’t you
+know folks in this country can’t get enough to eat themselves, without
+feedin’ three hungry gobs?”
+
+“Oh, I guess it isn’t that bad,” laughed The Pickle. “English folks
+always have plenty of parsnips on hand.”
+
+“Parsnips. Gee, I never could eat parsnips. You and the Kid take a
+chance. I’m off of it.”
+
+“No, you’re not. Listen, Pete. I asked a chap on the cruiser about
+Gradford and he says there’s a train at eleven as far as Rochester.
+Then you change and go to Maidstone, and from there to――I think it was
+Turnbridge he said. Anyway, you change again there and go right on to
+Gradford.”
+
+“Well, it would be a change, all right,” chuckled Pete. “How long does
+all this take you? Would you get there to-day or to-morrow?”
+
+“About four this afternoon, he thought.”
+
+“Gee, forty miles in five hours! I’d be afraid to travel as fast as
+that.”
+
+“I guess the connections aren’t very close,” explained The Pickle.
+“Come on! Be a sport, Pete! You’ll go, Kid?”
+
+“I’d love it, but――it seems sort of cheeky, doesn’t it, Bob? Would we
+stay overnight?”
+
+“Sure! They’d be tickled to death to have us. There’s only Mr. and Mrs.
+Wylie and a kid son and a girl about ten. Nice folks, fellows. You’ll
+like them. Go on and get into your dress togs and pretty yourselves up.
+I’ll find out about the liberty boat.”
+
+“Yeah,” answered Pete. “I’ll be so pretty you won’t know me. Got any
+freckle lotion, Kid?”
+
+At nine-thirty they were dumped on shore, with an hour and a half
+to wait before their train left. That, however, didn’t bother them.
+Chatham proved a busy town and they found much to interest them. Not
+long before a German air raid had passed over the little city, leaving
+death and devastation in its wake, and their wanderings led them to
+the marine barracks now in process of reconstruction, which had been
+bombed with a loss of over a hundred lives. Pete had a good deal to
+say on the subject of that particular kind of warfare, but, while not
+uninteresting, it was too emphatic to bear repetition. Their train
+crawled out of the station at 11 and they found themselves in a crowded
+third-class carriage. English railway travel was novel to both Dave and
+Pete, and their frank conversations amused The Pickle all the way to
+Rochester. Here they found that they were in for an hour’s wait for the
+next train, which was to take them as far as Maidstone. A communicative
+official explained that in pre-war times they would have gone right
+through, but that nowadays travel was “fair disrupted.” But they were
+all in holiday mood and didn’t mind the delay. Rochester appeared a
+quiet place after Chatham, but they explored so much of it as was not
+too far from the station and found plenty to see. The Maidstone train
+was late in leaving and it was one-thirty when they again changed. The
+station buffet supplied them with luncheon and at two-twelve they were
+on their way once more. There was one more change and one more wait,
+and finally, at just before five o’clock, they descended at a tiny
+station which the guard assured them was Gradford.
+
+There was so little in sight from the platform save scenery that Pete
+cast a longing look after the disappearing train. An elderly man, who
+appeared to combine the duties of station agent, baggage agent and
+porter, listened to their inquiry with a hand cupped behind one ear.
+Then, in silence, he led them to the back of the station and pointed to
+a country road that went winding off toward the west.
+
+“It be a matter o’ five mile,” he informed them. “Keep to that road
+till ’e come to another. Pay no heed to that, sirs, but keep straight
+along till ’e comes to a bridge. That be Gradbridge. The Wylies’ place
+be a mile beyond. Best ask your way, sirs, if so be you meet folks.”
+
+“Five miles,” demurred The Pickle. “How about a carriage――I mean a
+trap?”
+
+But the man shook his head, looking, Dave thought, a trifle
+disapproving. It appeared that there were no traps to be hired
+thereabouts and that the telephone was not yet in general use in that
+part of England. Ultimately they set off afoot. After all, as Dave
+pointed out, five miles wasn’t much of a walk for three husky “gobs,”
+and probably they’d reach their destination in plenty of time for
+dinner. Pete, however, showed scant enthusiasm and had a good deal to
+say about missing “ahfternoon tea.” Missing his tea, it seemed, always
+upset him frightfully.
+
+It wasn’t a bad road, and it was certainly picturesque until, after a
+mile or so, it began to run between high banks that quite cut off any
+view. The evening was still and warm and a light mist hung over the
+countryside and they walked on into an amber glow from the setting
+sun. A forest gave them cooler air and they sat down by the way for a
+while and rested. So far they had met no one and when, presently, a
+two-wheeled cart rattled into sight it was quite a momentous event.
+
+“Guess we’d better ask if we’re right so far,” said The Pickle, and
+got to his feet. But in spite of his very evident wish to speak, the
+occupant of the cart, a heavy, dark-complexioned man with a long brown
+coat, applied the whip to the horse and dashed by them without drawing
+rein. A dozen yards beyond he glanced back over his shoulder and there
+was unmistakable alarm on his face.
+
+The Pickle laughed. “Bet you a dollar, fellows, he thinks we’re
+Germans! Guess he never saw an American gob before in his life. If you
+had turned your back, Pete, he might have stopped.”
+
+“If I looked as much like a Hun as you do,” replied Pete, “I’d drown
+myself. Come on an’ let’s get this over. I never could go parsnips
+before, Pickle, but these friends o’ yours won’t have half enough for
+me to-night!”
+
+They found the branching road and, following directions, let it
+severely alone. There was a prosperous looking farm house a quarter of
+a mile back from the junction of the ways, approached by a long, narrow
+lane between head-high hedges. Dave was for going there and negotiating
+for refreshments, but, as The Pickle pointed out, it was just so much
+farther to walk. A dog barked at them from half-way up the lane, and
+insects――crickets, Dave said they were――were busy along the roadside.
+And once a far-off locomotive whistled shrilly. For the rest, it was a
+strangely, almost oppressively quiet world they traveled. At last they
+reached the bridge, which was a small affair of stone and timbers over
+what looked like a fair-sized brook. The Pickle, however, remembered
+that the Wylies had frequently spoken of the River Grad and he guessed
+this was it.
+
+“River, eh?” scoffed Pete. “Then you wait a minute.”
+
+“Where are you going?” Dave asked.
+
+“Goin’ to jump it,” was the reply as Pete clambered down a bank. “First
+time I ever found a river I could jump across.”
+
+They dissuaded him from the attempt, pointing out that he couldn’t
+possibly do it in less than two and that the first jump would leave
+him awfully wet. A little further on――they were traversing an expanse
+of rolling country interspersed with copse and hedge-lined lanes that
+seemed to Dave typically English――the road branched. There was a
+signpost there, but the words were almost obliterated and the early
+twilight was scant aid to vision. While they hesitated a boy of perhaps
+fourteen appeared mysteriously through a hedge and stopped stock-still
+to regard them with amazement and curiosity.
+
+“Hello, sonny,” said The Pickle. “Where do the Wylies live?”
+
+The youth shook himself from his trance with an effort and said “Eh?”
+
+The Pickle repeated the question and the boy shook his head.
+
+“Come on, kid! Have a heart!” said Pete. “Don’t you live around here?”
+
+“Ay, over there.” He pointed indefinitely toward the hedge.
+
+“Then you must know the Wylies’ place?”
+
+“Ay.” He seemed a most laconic youth.
+
+“Fine! Where is it, then?”
+
+“’Tis on this road, sir. ’E can’t miss it. It be a largeish house.”
+
+“Well, why didn’t you say so?” asked The Pickle.
+
+“’E asked me where they live.”
+
+“Sure. They live in the house, don’t they? Why couldn’t you say so?”
+
+The boy only stared, however. Possibly, they thought, the logic was
+too much for him, but later they recalled his silence with better
+understanding After they had progressed some fifty yards along the
+indicated road Dave glanced back. The boy was following them at a
+distance. Finding himself observed, however, he slipped from sight.
+“He, too,” thought Dave, “believes we’re Germans!”
+
+Ten minutes more brought them to the “largeish” house. It stood well
+back from the road, a stone residence that thoroughly deserved the
+boy’s description. Although only two stories in height, it covered much
+ground. It was a most attractive looking house, or would have been save
+for a certain aspect that brought a perplexed frown to The Pickle’s
+heated brow. They gazed at it in silence for a moment across the top of
+a low, well-trimmed hedge. Then Pete said:
+
+“It don’t look quite right to me, Pickle. It looks――looks――”
+
+“Nobody home,” murmured Dave.
+
+“By jove, it looks like it,” muttered The Pickle uneasily. “What a sell
+if it’s so!”
+
+Pete viewed him disgustedly. “What about those parsnips?” he demanded.
+
+“Well, let’s find out,” suggested Dave. “No use spending the night
+here.”
+
+They set their feet on a graveled drive and passed between clumps of
+shrubbery toward the entrance. No light showed, although it was now
+dark enough to demand lights indoors, and there was something very
+inhospitable about the tightly-closed portal ahead. The Pickle mounted
+four wide stone steps and laid hold of an old-fashioned bell-pull.
+Somewhere distantly and faintly, a bell tinkled. They waited. The
+Pickle rang again. After that he knocked. And still later they made a
+circuit of the house and demanded admittance at two other doors with no
+better success. Then, standing on a moss-grown brick walk at one end of
+the house, they viewed its many darkened windows and its chimney-pots
+clustering against the twilight sky in despondent silence until Pete,
+with a world of sarcasm in his voice, observed briefly:
+
+“Parsnips! Huh!”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VIII
+
+ THE AIR RAIDERS
+
+
+Half an hour later they were tramping back again through the long
+English twilight, just able to make out the road ahead. They had sat
+despondently for a while on the stone steps of the deserted house and
+rested, a somewhat silent trio, while the daylight faded slowly and the
+coolness of evening settled over them. At last The Pickle had looked
+into a leather pocketbook and selected a small piece of cardboard
+bearing the inscription, “Mr. Robert Dunham Dill.” Borrowing a pencil
+from Dave, he had added the names of his companions to his and then,
+with a ceremonious bow, slipped the card beneath the front door.
+Pete had watched the proceeding ironically, and when The Pickle had
+remarked: “At least they’ll know we called,” he observed: “Huh! I know
+a better way to show ’em: Bust a window!”
+
+Their plan was to find that farmhouse they had seen, or, failing that,
+some other house, and get something to eat. Their luncheon had been
+scanty and they were terrifically hungry. Whether the farmhouse was
+this side or beyond the bridge no one was certain. Dave said beyond,
+The Pickle said this side and Pete refused to commit himself. The
+darkness increased slowly, but by the time they had been walking a
+quarter of an hour night was fully on them. Dave said there ought to be
+a moon, but there wasn’t, and meanwhile the low-lying mist increased
+the blackness of a cloudy, starless night. They stumbled on, keeping to
+the road by instinct rather than sight. The bridge and the river that
+Peter had wanted to jump were a long time in coming, and they had begun
+to trouble about the fact when they heard the gurgle of water ahead.
+They crossed the bridge and had gone some distance beyond when The
+Pickle observed worriedly:
+
+“Does this road seem right to you fellows?”
+
+“Yeah, why not?” asked Pete.
+
+“Well, somehow it doesn’t seem to be going in the right direction. And
+it seems rougher than when we came the other way.”
+
+“Now that you mention it,” said Dave, “it does seem rougher. And
+narrower, too. I was almost in a ditch a minute ago.”
+
+“There wasn’t but one road,” Pete reassured them, “so this must be it.
+It’s a punk old road, but I guess it’s the right one.”
+
+“There were some lanes,” said The Pickle doubtfully. “We might have
+got shunted off into one of them. Wait a minute, fellows. Let’s see
+what it looks like.” The Pickle lighted a match and tried to view the
+surroundings by its weak radiance, but the result was disappointing,
+and Pete impatiently bade him come on.
+
+“Let’s find that farmhouse an’ get some chow,” he said. “You chaps may
+look at scenery if you like, but I’m just about starved to death.”
+
+“Folks in dear old rural England go to bed a bit early, I fancy,” said
+The Pickle presently, “and maybe the lights’ll be out and we won’t be
+able to see it.”
+
+“Bet you I’ll be able to smell it!” answered Pete. “If there’s food
+within a mile I’ll know it.”
+
+A minute or two later Dave said: “Hark, fellows! What’s that noise?”
+They stopped and listened. Then: “Sounds like waves!” exclaimed The
+Pickle. “Great Scott, we must be miles out of our way! We’re going
+toward the coast!”
+
+Followed a dismal silence. Then Pete remarked with forced
+cheerfulness: “Fine! You can always find something to eat along the
+shore.”
+
+“Pete,” said Dave earnestly, “if you spring that old one about the
+‘sandwiches there’ I’ll kill you.”
+
+“Wasn’t going to. I was thinking of clams.”
+
+“What do you say?” asked The Pickle, dubiously. “Shall we go back or go
+ahead?”
+
+“Ahead,” said Pete. “We’ll light a bonfire and maybe a boat’ll come and
+rescue us.”
+
+“I think we might as well go on,” agreed Dave. “There’s likely to be a
+village along the shore, don’t you think?”
+
+“I used to think that you found a village every half mile in England,”
+replied The Pickle sadly, “but we seem to have stumbled on the one part
+of the country where nobody lives.”
+
+“Maybe it’s malarial,” suggested Pete. “I ain’t found any mosquitoes,
+though. Oh, come ahead, fellows. I’m getting used to it now. I’m
+beginning to enjoy it. I could walk forever.”
+
+“You’re getting light-headed for want of food,” said Dave, as they went
+on. “And speaking of food, I’d give anything for a drink of water.”
+
+“So would I,” said The Pickle. “If you hear anything like a brook sing
+out.”
+
+But all they heard was the subdued sound of the waves. They were
+climbing a hill now and it lasted for a long time. They stopped to
+recover their breath and then went on again, and suddenly the beat and
+swish of the waves was louder and lights twinkled in the blackness and
+a rush of cooler air from the Channel smote them. They seemed to be on
+top of a hill, with the ocean a scant distance below. As they paused to
+peer into the darkness and speculate on the twinkling lights the moon
+peered for a moment from behind a cloud bank eastward and the scene was
+revealed.
+
+Before them the road went winding abruptly down to a curving beach,
+two or three hundred yards distant. On either side stretched rolling
+moorland. The lights were from beacons or ships, all very far away
+across the water. To the right a lighthouse shot intermittent white
+beams athwart the sea. Then the moon slipped behind a cloud and they
+were again plunged in darkness.
+
+“Well, I don’t know where we are,” said Pete, philosophically, “but I’m
+glad we’re here. See that reddish light over there? Well, that’s an
+all-night lunch, fellows, an’ I’m goin’ over to it.”
+
+The Pickle seated himself on the ground and stretched tired limbs.
+The others followed the example and for a minute they were silent. The
+waves boomed up from the beach and the fresh wind from the Channel blew
+in their faces. Finally Dave said: “Now what? We don’t want to stay
+here all night, I suppose.”
+
+“I’m going down to dig me some clams,” said Pete. But he didn’t move.
+The Pickle sighed and laid himself flat on the turf beside the road.
+“Good night,” he murmured. Dave sat and watched the twinkling lights.
+Silence fell again. Presently he peered at the dial of his wrist watch.
+The hour was well after nine. Something suspiciously like a snore came
+from the darkness where The Pickle reposed. Dave’s head nodded....
+
+Perhaps he slept for a moment, perhaps for many minutes. He didn’t
+know. He awoke with the sound of a gun in his ears and felt the earth
+tremble slightly beneath him. Eastward a long shaft of intensely white
+light bored into the heavens from some distant headland. Again the
+gun boomed. That, too, was to the east, perhaps three miles away.
+Perplexedly Dave’s gaze followed the broadening shaft of light, and
+the next instant the searchlight focused itself on the dim shape of an
+airplane high up in the heavens. Then a second shadowy shape passed
+into its field of radiance, and a third. The shaft of light moved
+jerkily, back and forth across the night sky, at every jump revealing
+a tiny winged form against the clouds. The gun was firing hysterically
+now at intervals of a few seconds, or possibly a second gun had joined
+in. From the blackness behind Dave came The Pickle’s voice:
+
+“An air raid,” it said. “And coming this way, fellows. They’re not more
+than a couple of miles off, I guess.”
+
+“Any one seen a cellar around here?” asked Pete. “Say, those aren’t
+Zeppelins, are they?”
+
+“No, bombing planes, I’d say,” replied The Pickle. “Look at the
+searchlights behind us, fellows.”
+
+Toward the interior shafts of light were springing up from the earth,
+sweeping inquiringly hither and thither, waving, crossing in a
+wonderful display. The radiance shed a pale glow over the world, a glow
+that pulsed, waxing and waning as the light beams swung questioningly
+about. The raiders were almost overhead now, or so it seemed, and the
+watchers could see the shells from the anti-aircraft guns bursting
+below them. The humming of the motors became faintly audible. The
+first searchlight had settled fairly on one plane and clung to it
+inexorably as it passed above the shore line. Under the white glare the
+plane looked like a yellow-gray dragon-fly in the far heights. That
+the shells were reaching the enemy seemed doubtful, for the latter
+flew straight on Londonward, perhaps nine in all. Inland, other guns
+joined the stabbing chorus and soon the firing from the coast toward
+the east ended. The humming whirr of the engines died away and the
+nearest searchlight swung slowly across the heavens, swept back and
+forth watchfully toward the south for a minute and went out. Northward
+the distant guns drummed incessantly, but gradually silence returned to
+the hill where the boys stood. They could no longer make out the faint
+specks speeding toward the great city, and the distant searchlights,
+following the foe, withdrew their radiance from the coast. Pete drew a
+long breath.
+
+“Gee, I wouldn’t have missed that for anything!” he murmured. “It was
+wonderful!”
+
+“Do you think they’ll get as far as London?” asked Dave.
+
+“I wouldn’t think so, judging from the reception they’re getting,”
+answered The Pickle dryly. “More than likely they’ll be coming back
+pretty soon, but I guess they’ll choose another course. How many――”
+
+He ceased abruptly and wheeled in the darkness. Then, simultaneously
+with his companions, he threw himself to the ground as, out of the
+gloom of the night, something vast shot close overhead. They felt the
+silent rush of it, the wind of its flight on their faces. It was like
+some huge bird skimming close to earth. They saw it, but only as one
+sees uncertainly a darker object in the dark, and then it was gone. But
+from some distance away came a crackling of bushes where the moorland
+rolled westward from the road and with it a sharp snap as of breaking
+wood.
+
+Dave found his fingers clutching The Pickle’s arm. Close beside him
+Pete was breathing hard. They stood there for a long moment with
+straining eyes and ears intent. Then, faint but unmistakably, came the
+sound of a human voice. It spoke cautiously and the words didn’t reach
+them, but it told them one thing beyond the shadow of a doubt, and
+Dave’s fingers tightened on The Pickle’s arm.
+
+“Germans!” he whispered.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IX
+
+ PRISONERS OF WAR
+
+
+Kneeling beside the road there, with heads close together, they laid
+their plans.
+
+“There’ll be two of them,” said The Pickle, “and they’ll be armed. And
+we aren’t. I’d give a hundred dollars for an automatic right now, but
+never mind. What we’ve got to do is to get near enough to rush them
+before they can draw. That oughtn’t to be difficult, because they’ll be
+trying to fix the machine. We won’t try it yet, though. Let them alone
+for a few minutes. They’ll be suspicious and watchful at first because
+they’re probably not sure whether any one’s about. If nothing happens
+for a while they’ll conclude that they’re safe.”
+
+“What did they land here for?” asked Pete in whispers.
+
+“Had no choice, probably. Engine went wrong or something like that, I
+guess. They must have fallen behind the others and probably volplaned
+the first chance they got after sighting land. When they came down
+they smashed something. You heard it. Maybe a wing. Anyway, it will
+keep them longer. Now what about weapons?”
+
+“What do you mean, weapons?” asked Pete. “I got mine with me, one on
+each arm.”
+
+The Pickle and Dave smiled in the darkness. “All right,” agreed the
+former. “That suits me. It would be hard to find clubs or anything,
+anyway. My idea, fellows, is to go at them from three sides, but first
+of all we’ve got to locate them. If they’re in bushes we’ll have our
+troubles, for the pesky things’ll crackle.”
+
+“Yes, and if the moon comes out again,” murmured Dave anxiously, “we’ll
+have more trouble.”
+
+“I don’t think it will.” The Pickle was silent a moment, listening.
+Pete stirred uneasily.
+
+“If we wait too long they may get away from us,” he objected.
+
+“All right. Come on, then. We’d better lie flat when we get near them
+and crawl. Keep down now and don’t make a sound.”
+
+Crouching, testing each step before they made it, the three crept back
+along the road, which was hardly more than a rutted path thereabouts.
+Gradually the voices of the airmen grew plainer in the stillness,
+although they never spoke loudly. Nor did they waste many words. With
+the voices came the sounds accompanying the unseen task, the soft,
+harsh rub of metal against metal and, once, the sharp ring of a tool.
+The plane had probably landed on the edge of the road, which might have
+been dimly discernible from above, and had “taxied” diagonally off
+onto the moor for a distance of twenty or thirty yards, its progress
+doubtless impeded by the low bushes.
+
+Having reached a position on the road opposite the enemy, the boys
+paused. At that instant a tiny light stabbed the darkness across the
+intervening space and while it glowed the boys made out the position
+of the plane and saw the forms of two leather-clad men beside the
+nearer of the two outstretched wings. They appeared to be examining the
+damage sustained in landing and did much muttering as the little pocket
+flashlight was moved back and forth, shining through the varnished
+texture of the wing like a candle in a yellow Chinese lantern. The
+shadows of the airmen swayed black and monstrous across the ground.
+Then the light went out.
+
+The boys, who had hugged the earth closely and with bated breath, now
+eased their positions and whispered softly again. Presently, had the
+two visitors from across the water been less absorbed in the task
+before them they might have heard faint sounds in the surrounding
+blackness not attributable to the breeze amongst the gorse. And
+then they might not have, for, after all, those sounds were loudest
+to those who caused them and might easily have gone unnoted by the
+airmen. Fortunately for the attackers the higher bushes were scattered
+and could be avoided, while the gorse was still green enough to bend
+beneath their weight without crackling. Ten breathless minutes passed
+slowly while the three boys, crawling like snakes, gained their
+positions. To Pete had fallen the most difficult task, that of circling
+the scene and approaching it from the farther side, and Dave and The
+Pickle were ready long before their illuminated watch dials told them
+that the time allowed for Pete’s detour was up.
+
+Followed a few seconds of suspense.
+
+Then from three different points of the compass came the patter of
+running feet, and the Germans snatched for their weapons and wheeled
+in alarm. Only their ears could aid them, for no eye could penetrate
+that darkness. To shoot at random would have been idle, and so, for
+just those few seconds that meant so much to the attackers the airmen
+hesitated, and that hesitation was their undoing. With more time after
+the first warning they might have fled safely into the darkness, but
+the attack was so sudden, so unexpected that there was no time for
+escape. It was only when an unseen form leaped upon him from the night
+that one of the Germans fired. There was a flash of orange light and
+the bullet went whistling past the assailant. Then the German’s head
+jerked back as a fist caught him on the point of the chin and that
+single flash of his revolver was multiplied a hundred times to his
+vision. He stumbled backward against the slanted wing of the airplane
+with a grunt, hung there an instant and slipped to the ground. And then
+Pete was on him.
+
+A yard or more away the other German was giving a better account of
+himself, for, with Dave and The Pickle both engaging him, he was
+holding them off after a fashion. Dave was clinging to a hand that
+held a revolver and trying to get an arm around the German’s neck to
+pull him to earth, while The Pickle, fighting blindly, stumbling and
+tripping, was fearful of striking friend instead of foe. The German
+didn’t fight silently. He growled like an enraged dog, and the things
+he said would not look well if set down here in English. Being in
+German, they sounded horribly enough, but conveyed no meaning. Finally
+The Pickle found his bearings and, ducking under the flail-like blows
+of their antagonist, wrapped his arms about a heavy form, heaved,
+swayed, and then went crashing to the ground. Confusion reigned supreme
+for an instant, for the enemy and Dave and The Pickle were badly
+mixed up, but Dave managed to roll clear, the revolver at last in
+his possession, and The Pickle ended the struggle with a single blow
+against the temple of the man beneath him.
+
+That brought a short, sharp engagement to a close. Two more or
+less unconscious Germans lay inert on the ground when Pete, having
+discovered the flashlight in a pocket of one of the two, illuminated
+the scene. A sailor’s yard-square neckerchief has many uses, and
+to-night three of them did excellent duty. With two they tied the hands
+of the captured Germans behind them and with the other trussed up one
+pair of feet. Two white handkerchiefs, knotted together, sufficed for
+the second pair. Then, out of breath, slightly bruised, but triumphant,
+they took stock of their victory.
+
+They had, it appeared, captured a slightly damaged Albatross bombing
+airplane, eight small but wicked-looking bombs, certain maps and papers
+of uncertain value and two perfectly good lieutenants of the German
+Flying Corps. They were perfectly good by reason of the fact that one
+was quite unconscious and that both were securely tied. The one who was
+not unconscious was doing much groaning as the boys returned from their
+inspection of the plane, but was not yet articulate. Seating themselves
+on the edge of the wing, the boys faced their next problem, which was,
+briefly: What next?
+
+It dawned on them then that being in possession of an enemy airplane
+and in charge of two prisoners of war several miles from the nearest
+settlement and with no notion in which direction that settlement lay
+was a trifle awkward. And it was not until they had discussed the
+problem for a good ten minutes that Dave remembered the maps taken from
+the prisoners. By the light of the invaluable flashlight they examined
+them and to their joy discovered one to be a very detailed map of the
+southeastern counties, showing not only roads, railways, streams and
+towns but even detached houses and footpaths! The comprehensiveness of
+it fairly staggered them. By finding the Gradford station and then the
+road they had traversed to the Wylies’ residence they were soon able to
+discover their present whereabouts and learn that by following a path
+along the shore they could reach the town of Alburnham in something
+under three-quarters of an hour, since the distance, after The Pickle
+had translated kilometers into miles, appeared to be just under three
+of the latter. And with the flashlight to aid there seemed no reason
+why the adventure should not be comfortably terminated in a couple of
+hours. It would not do for all three to make the trip to the village,
+and one would serve as well as two, and so very gravely they each
+produced a coin and, shaking it in a closed hand, slapped it down on a
+knee.
+
+“Odd man goes,” said The Pickle. “Heads!”
+
+“Heads!” echoed Pete.
+
+“Tails!” said Dave. “Give me that torch.”
+
+Not quite two hours later Pete and The Pickle, drowsing at their post,
+were aroused to full wakefulness by the chugging of a motor-car coming
+up the hill and the dull gleam of its lamps. Then, from the darkness
+emerged military and civil authority and Dave Garson, the former very
+wide-awake and agog with curiosity and the latter yawning and dull of
+eye. The prisoners were placed in the car, the rest followed, there
+were many stern questions in English and helpless responses in German,
+and the motor shot off down the hill, bumping and swaying over the
+rutted road and――every last one of the heroes went to sleep.
+
+Later the car stopped and all got out in the half-gloom of a village
+street. The prisoners disappeared through a doorway and a light
+appeared at a window. Then some one took Dave by the arm and impelled
+him through a second doorway. Pete and The Pickle stumbled sleepily
+behind. There was a dimly-lighted room with cots. Some of the cots were
+empty. A fussy little corporal in his shirt-sleeves kept talking and
+talking, and The Pickle, trying to unfold a gray blanket, got ensnarled
+in it and tumbled over a cot and rolled to the floor beyond. And Dave
+couldn’t untie one shoe-lacing and so gave it up. Some one said “Good
+night, Yank!” Dave had every intention of answering, but the words got
+mixed up and his tongue wouldn’t work.
+
+A stout major interrupted them at breakfast the next morning and they
+had to tell their story from beginning to end while their tea grew
+cold. The major told them to go on with their breakfasts, but how
+could they when he kept booming questions at them? Afterward two
+photographers enticed them out into the early morning sunlight and
+posed them against the gray stone wall of a barracks and took pictures
+of them. There was much praise for the boys, and the major in command
+presented them each with a souvenir of the adventure, Dave and The
+Pickle drawing the revolvers and Pete the pocket flashlight. At nine
+they were rolled off to a railway station in a motor ambulance driven
+by a young woman in khaki uniform, who got them to write their names
+in a little book she kept under the leather cushion of the seat. She
+explained that she tried to get the autographs of all distinguished
+persons she met, and was proudly exhibiting the signature of Lloyd
+George when the train came in and they had to hurry off. Pete spent
+much of his time during the first part of the journey in talking about
+that ambulance driver.
+
+“When the war’s over I’m goin’ back there,” he said dreamily. “She was
+some kid, take it from Pete.”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER X
+
+ “STAND BY!”
+
+
+Two days later the _Conklin_ was steaming at twenty knots through the
+shallow waters of the North Sea. It’s a vile stretch of ocean in the
+best of weather, and the best of weather did not fall to their lot. The
+short, sharp waves drenched the decks, and the destroyer rolled and
+staggered and shook. Life that day was, in The Pickle’s phraseology,
+“nothing to write home about.” Drenched with icy spray, choked with the
+fumes of the black oil smoke that hugged the deck, wrapped in mist, the
+lookouts were a cold and unhappy lot. No, not unhappy, though, for big
+events impended and spirits were high.
+
+Ahead and behind eight other destroyer craft were keeping the _Conklin_
+company. Four American and five British ships comprised the little
+flotilla that, hidden from each other by the wet and dreary mist, were
+speeding eastward toward the enemy’s stronghold. “Heligoland” was the
+word on every lip that morning, for, although the bulletin told them
+nothing, their destination was no secret. They were off for a raid!
+
+Of late German destroyers and submarines had been far too active
+against allied and neutral shipping in the North Sea, and the enemy
+must be taught a lesson. And for the teaching nine of the fastest and
+most powerful destroyers had been picked from the two navies and had
+rendezvoused the day before off The Helder. And now, lithe grayhounds
+of the sea, they were darting eastward for their prey.
+
+Heligoland, that grim ocean fortress that stands thirty miles off the
+German coast, is to-day a veritable Gibraltar. Fortified at a cost of
+$50,000,000, it bristles with eleven-inch guns and forms an impregnable
+defense to the German bases behind it, and provides on its southward
+side a safe harbor for ships. In clear weather it must be given a wide
+berth by the enemy, but when the North Sea fogs close down about it,
+even its sharp eyes――giant searchlights that range for miles out to
+sea from the summit of the great cliffs――are powerless. And hidden by
+mist a destroyer may, if she chooses to dare the mines and nets that
+surround the rock, creep close under the guns without detection.
+
+It was still early morning when the attacking ships reached the edge
+of the protected area and abandoned formation, for it is in the early
+hours of the day that the gray mists are thickest. The plan of the
+raid had been prepared beforehand, and now every unit knew its duty.
+The _Conklin’s_ nose swung more to the north, in the direction of the
+Bight, that twenty-mile channel leading northward from the mouth of
+the River Elbe. Once a gray phantom hung on her starboard for a minute
+and then was dissolved in the all-encompassing mist. Lookouts strained
+their eyes as never before, their life-belts strapped about them. The
+engines roared and the seas dashed over the bows, making the decks a
+welter of water. Every gun crew was at its station; had been there for
+an hour, ever since the order of “Stand by!” had come in the chill
+darkness of early dawn.
+
+Eastward a distant gun boomed and was followed by a second. One of the
+raiders had come in contact with the enemy. But from the _Conklin_ not
+so much as a flash was to be seen. The firing grew continuous, a steady
+roar of sound. The _Conklin_ was going more slowly now, for mines lay
+about her and the narrow channel she must keep to was winding and
+uncertain. A half hour passed. The firing in the distance diminished.
+Then a heavier gun spoke, this time more to the north and nearer. The
+foretop lookout saw the rosy flare of it a few miles distant. Smaller,
+sharper guns barked in answer and a new engagement began. But the
+mysterious fog hid it as it hid aught else from the straining eyes on
+bridge and deck of the _Conklin_.
+
+At the guns men murmured impatience. Were they to be the only ones
+without a bid for glory? What was the Old Man up to? Why didn’t he
+plunge across there and get a finger in the pie before it was all gone?
+But the Old Man was paying scant heed to the fortunes of the consorts.
+His eyes were glued to a chart and his lips never moved save to issue
+orders to the helmsman. Slowly but inexorably the destroyer crept on
+and on through the mist, her sharp nose twitching this way and that as
+the steering cables groaned under deck and the rudder moved from side
+to side. Eight knots now, and scarcely seeming to have headway in the
+tumbling, leaping seas. From a bow lookout came a warning cry:
+
+“Mine close aport!”
+
+The _Conklin’s_ nose twitched to starboard and the lookout’s hair
+stirred under his woolen cap as the floating engine of destruction was
+cleared by a few scant yards. Once more a similar warning came, and
+again the destroyer swerved aside just in the nick of time. A spotter
+amidships on the starboard side swore afterwards that the mine scraped
+the _Conklin’s_ plates!
+
+Then telegraphs became busy and the destroyer leaped forward again
+through sea and fog. Fifteen knots! Twenty! Twenty-six! A darker shape
+emerged from the grayness ahead and to port. The _Conklin_ No. 3 gun
+broke the long silence. Somewhere a warning siren screamed eerily.
+Then a flare of rose-pink gleamed to port and, as the _Conklin’s_ guns
+awoke, a shell screamed overhead. They knew then where they were, and
+every heart leaped with the thrill of that knowledge. They had crept
+through the mine field, and now they were plunging straight for the
+anchored ships in the wide-mouthed harbor, straight under the giant
+guns of Heligoland!
+
+It was suicide, and they all knew it, from the Old Man on the bridge
+to the last oiler far below the wet, fog-draped deck, and every man of
+them gloried in it! Rushing on, firing until the gray shape was lost
+in fog, the destroyer kept her course. Other shapes emerged now, ahead
+to starboard, aport――shapes small and shapes gigantic, vanishing at the
+vagaries of the mist, suddenly looming again. Every gun fired at sight
+of a target. The water dashed over the stern as a shell plunged into
+the waves. Here and there glares of quick, vivid light broke the gray
+wall. The _Conklin_ went on and past, hurling her shells incessantly.
+Suddenly, ahead, a big gun spoke from the cliffs. And then another. The
+sounds dwarfed all other sounds. The _Conklin_ whirled in a confusion
+of churning water and headed seaward again. Fair in her path lay the
+grim mystery of a huge cruiser, her funnels and masts high above the
+diminutive enemy. Straight on went the _Conklin_――a wasp attacking a
+bulldog! The cruiser’s small guns beat a tattoo against the _Conklin’s_
+deck and hull. A great shell from the shore batteries howled past. The
+destroyer, every funnel spouting smoke, raced past the cruiser so close
+that the dim lights behind open ports showed to the gun crews and they
+aimed for them. Roaring, firing, cheering, the _Conklin_ blazed her way
+by. At the guns men worked in a sweating frenzy, shouting grimly when a
+shell went home, laughing as grimly when the enemy got home on them.
+Then they were past, and astern a fearful rending of steel and timber
+shook the air and a wild uprush of flame and flying débris was visible
+for an instant. And then the gray gloom closed in again, hiding the
+tragedy!
+
+“Lyddite explosion,” said the Old Man, briefly.
+
+“One cruiser less in the Kaiser’s navy,” exulted the junior.
+
+Below deck, men groaning from wounds heard and forgot their pain. At
+the guns they cheered wildly. They were handling ammunition now in the
+dark, for the lighting circuit had been broken. But the shells still
+came up and the guns still barked――all save No. 4, which would never
+speak again. Shot-riddled, one funnel gone, badly gashed forward above
+the water line, and dented in fifty places, the _Conklin_ rushed on
+into a new danger. As the anchored ships dropped astern a torpedo sped
+across the destroyer’s bow. The submarines were in the game at last!
+Zig-zagging from side to side, doubtful of the channel, the _Conklin_
+raced ahead with every boiler roaring. Behind them the big guns boomed,
+dropping shells into that narrow path through which they must steer.
+Grimly firing from the stern at the fleeting, shadowy shape of an
+enemy destroyer, the _Conklin_ sought escape. Behind her a great gray
+battle cruiser was slowly settling beneath the waves and many an enemy
+ship was nursing her wounds, and only a miracle, it seemed, could
+deliver the _Conklin_ from the enemy’s vengeance.
+
+And yet the moments passed, and the great shells that went moaning into
+the sea failed of their mission. If torpedoes were launched from the
+skulking U-boats they, too, missed their target. Once, close aboard,
+an upheaval of the sea and a dull concussion showed where an anchored
+mine had been exploded, perhaps by torpedo, perhaps by shell. The
+_Conklin_ held her life in her hands now. Around her lay unseen death,
+behind her coursed destroyers and submarines. But it was as the God
+of Battles willed it, and the gallant little ship, never slowing her
+engines, plunged fearlessly forward, turning and twisting. Sweaty,
+smoke-grimed lookouts peered from the bows and shouted hoarse warnings.
+On the battered bridge the officers stood tensely and waited. And then,
+somehow, she was through the mines and past the nets and the gray mist
+was beckoning her to its arms. Back, where the great grim fortress
+towered above the sea, the guns boomed and growled with diminishing
+fury. And, maimed and scarred, with a toll of dead and dying below the
+long, drenched deck, the _Conklin_ sped proudly westward, the Yankee
+ensign still fluttering in triumph from the masthead.
+
+
+ THE END
+
+
+
+
+ Transcriber’s Notes:
+
+ ――Text in italics is enclosed by underscores (_italics_).
+
+ ――Except for the frontispiece, illustrations have been moved to
+ follow the text that they illustrate.
+
+ ――Printer’s, punctuation, and spelling inaccuracies were silently
+ corrected.
+
+ ――Archaic and variable spelling has been preserved.
+
+ ――Variations in hyphenation and compound words have been preserved.
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 79261 ***